0783ca3a37
section and put alignment details in the section on Custom Allocation.
7103 lines
294 KiB
Plaintext
7103 lines
294 KiB
Plaintext
This is mpir.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.11 from mpir.texi.
|
||
|
||
This manual describes how to install and use MPIR, the Multiple
|
||
Precision Integers and Rationals library, version 1.3.0.
|
||
|
||
Copyright 1991, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
|
||
2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||
|
||
Copyright 2008 William Hart
|
||
|
||
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
|
||
document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version
|
||
1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||
with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts being "A GNU
|
||
Manual", and with the Back-Cover Texts being "You have freedom to copy
|
||
and modify this GNU Manual, like GNU software". A copy of the license
|
||
is included in *note GNU Free Documentation License::.
|
||
|
||
INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU libraries
|
||
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
|
||
* mpir: (mpir). MPIR Multiple Precision Integers and Rationals Library.
|
||
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Top, Next: Copying, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir)
|
||
|
||
MPIR
|
||
****
|
||
|
||
This manual describes how to install and use MPIR, the Multiple
|
||
Precision Integers and Rationals library, version 1.3.0.
|
||
|
||
Copyright 1991, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
|
||
2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||
|
||
Copyright 2008 William Hart
|
||
|
||
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
|
||
document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version
|
||
1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||
with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts being "A GNU
|
||
Manual", and with the Back-Cover Texts being "You have freedom to copy
|
||
and modify this GNU Manual, like GNU software". A copy of the license
|
||
is included in *note GNU Free Documentation License::.
|
||
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Copying:: MPIR Copying Conditions (LGPL).
|
||
* Introduction to MPIR:: Brief introduction to MPIR.
|
||
* Installing MPIR:: How to configure and compile the MPIR library.
|
||
* MPIR Basics:: What every MPIR user should know.
|
||
* Reporting Bugs:: How to usefully report bugs.
|
||
* Integer Functions:: Functions for arithmetic on signed integers.
|
||
* Rational Number Functions:: Functions for arithmetic on rational numbers.
|
||
* Floating-point Functions:: Functions for arithmetic on floats.
|
||
* Low-level Functions:: Fast functions for natural numbers.
|
||
* Random Number Functions:: Functions for generating random numbers.
|
||
* Formatted Output:: `printf' style output.
|
||
* Formatted Input:: `scanf' style input.
|
||
* C++ Class Interface:: Class wrappers around MPIR types.
|
||
* Custom Allocation:: How to customize the internal allocation.
|
||
* Language Bindings:: Using MPIR from other languages.
|
||
* Algorithms:: What happens behind the scenes.
|
||
* Internals:: How values are represented behind the scenes.
|
||
|
||
* Contributors:: Who brings you this library?
|
||
* References:: Some useful papers and books to read.
|
||
* GNU Free Documentation License::
|
||
* Concept Index::
|
||
* Function Index::
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Copying, Next: Introduction to MPIR, Prev: Top, Up: Top
|
||
|
||
MPIR Copying Conditions
|
||
***********************
|
||
|
||
This library is "free"; this means that everyone is free to use it and
|
||
free to redistribute it on a free basis. The library is not in the
|
||
public domain; it is copyrighted and there are restrictions on its
|
||
distribution, but these restrictions are designed to permit everything
|
||
that a good cooperating citizen would want to do. What is not allowed
|
||
is to try to prevent others from further sharing any version of this
|
||
library that they might get from you.
|
||
|
||
Specifically, we want to make sure that you have the right to give
|
||
away copies of the library, that you receive source code or else can
|
||
get it if you want it, that you can change this library or use pieces
|
||
of it in new free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
|
||
|
||
To make sure that everyone has such rights, we have to forbid you to
|
||
deprive anyone else of these rights. For example, if you distribute
|
||
copies of the MPIR library, you must give the recipients all the rights
|
||
that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get
|
||
the source code. And you must tell them their rights.
|
||
|
||
Also, for our own protection, we must make certain that everyone
|
||
finds out that there is no warranty for the MPIR library. If it is
|
||
modified by someone else and passed on, we want their recipients to
|
||
know that what they have is not what we distributed, so that any
|
||
problems introduced by others will not reflect on our reputation.
|
||
|
||
The precise conditions of the license for the MPIR library are found
|
||
in the Lesser General Public License version 2.1 that accompanies the
|
||
source code, see `COPYING.LIB'. Certain demonstration programs are
|
||
provided under the terms of the plain General Public License version 2,
|
||
see `COPYING'.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Introduction to MPIR, Next: Installing MPIR, Prev: Copying, Up: Top
|
||
|
||
1 Introduction to MPIR
|
||
**********************
|
||
|
||
MPIR is a portable library written in C for arbitrary precision
|
||
arithmetic on integers, rational numbers, and floating-point numbers.
|
||
It aims to provide the fastest possible arithmetic for all applications
|
||
that need higher precision than is directly supported by the basic C
|
||
types.
|
||
|
||
Many applications use just a few hundred bits of precision; but some
|
||
applications may need thousands or even millions of bits. MPIR is
|
||
designed to give good performance for both, by choosing algorithms
|
||
based on the sizes of the operands, and by carefully keeping the
|
||
overhead at a minimum.
|
||
|
||
The speed of MPIR is achieved by using fullwords as the basic
|
||
arithmetic type, by using sophisticated algorithms, by including
|
||
carefully optimized assembly code for the most common inner loops for
|
||
many different CPUs, and by a general emphasis on speed (as opposed to
|
||
simplicity or elegance).
|
||
|
||
There is assembly code for these CPUs: ARM, DEC Alpha 21064, 21164,
|
||
and 21264, AMD 29000, AMD K6, K6-2, Athlon, K8 and K10, Hitachi SuperH
|
||
and SH-2, HPPA 1.0, 1.1 and 2.0, Intel Pentium, Pentium Pro/II/III,
|
||
Pentium 4, generic x86, Intel IA-64, i960, Core 2 Motorola MC68000,
|
||
MC68020, MC88100, and MC88110, Motorola/IBM PowerPC 32 and 64, National
|
||
NS32000, IBM POWER, MIPS R3000, R4000, SPARCv7, SuperSPARC, generic
|
||
SPARCv8, UltraSPARC, DEC VAX, and Zilog Z8000. Some optimizations also
|
||
for Cray vector systems, Clipper, IBM ROMP (RT), and Pyramid AP/XP.
|
||
|
||
For up-to-date information on, and latest version of, MPIR, please see
|
||
the MPIR web pages at
|
||
|
||
`http://www.mpir.org/'
|
||
|
||
There are a number of public mailing lists of interest. The
|
||
development list is
|
||
|
||
`http://groups.google.com/group/mpir-devel/'.
|
||
|
||
The proper place for bug reports is
|
||
`http://groups.google.com/group/mpir-devel'. See *note Reporting
|
||
Bugs:: for information about reporting bugs.
|
||
|
||
|
||
1.1 How to use this Manual
|
||
==========================
|
||
|
||
Everyone should read *note MPIR Basics::. If you need to install the
|
||
library yourself, then read *note Installing MPIR::. If you have a
|
||
system with multiple ABIs, then read *note ABI and ISA::, for the
|
||
compiler options that must be used on applications.
|
||
|
||
The rest of the manual can be used for later reference, although it
|
||
is probably a good idea to glance through it.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Installing MPIR, Next: MPIR Basics, Prev: Introduction to MPIR, Up: Top
|
||
|
||
2 Installing MPIR
|
||
*****************
|
||
|
||
MPIR has an autoconf/automake/libtool based configuration system. On a
|
||
Unix-like system a basic build can be done with
|
||
|
||
./configure
|
||
make
|
||
|
||
Some self-tests can be run with
|
||
|
||
make check
|
||
|
||
And you can install (under `/usr/local' by default) with
|
||
|
||
make install
|
||
|
||
Important note: by default MPIR produces libraries named libmpir,
|
||
etc., and the header file mpir.h. If you wish to have MPIR to build a
|
||
library named libgmp as well, etc., and a gmp.h header file, so that
|
||
you can use mpir with programs designed to only work with GMP, then use
|
||
the `--enable-gmpcompat' option when invoking configure:
|
||
|
||
./configure --enable-gmpcompat
|
||
|
||
If you experience problems, please report them to
|
||
`http://groups.google.com/group/mpir-devel'. See *note Reporting
|
||
Bugs::, for information on what to include in useful bug reports.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Build Options::
|
||
* ABI and ISA::
|
||
* Notes for Package Builds::
|
||
* Notes for Particular Systems::
|
||
* Known Build Problems::
|
||
* Performance optimization::
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Build Options, Next: ABI and ISA, Prev: Installing MPIR, Up: Installing MPIR
|
||
|
||
2.1 Build Options
|
||
=================
|
||
|
||
All the usual autoconf configure options are available, run `./configure
|
||
--help' for a summary. The file `INSTALL.autoconf' has some generic
|
||
installation information too.
|
||
|
||
Tools
|
||
`configure' requires various Unix-like tools. See *note Notes for
|
||
Particular Systems::, for some options on non-Unix systems.
|
||
|
||
It might be possible to build without the help of `configure',
|
||
certainly all the code is there, but unfortunately you'll be on
|
||
your own.
|
||
|
||
Build Directory
|
||
To compile in a separate build directory, `cd' to that directory,
|
||
and prefix the configure command with the path to the MPIR source
|
||
directory. For example
|
||
|
||
cd /my/build/dir
|
||
/my/sources/mpir-1.3.0/configure
|
||
|
||
Not all `make' programs have the necessary features (`VPATH') to
|
||
support this. In particular, SunOS and Solaris `make' have bugs
|
||
that make them unable to build in a separate directory. Use GNU
|
||
`make' instead.
|
||
|
||
`--prefix' and `--exec-prefix'
|
||
The `--prefix' option can be used in the normal way to direct MPIR
|
||
to install under a particular tree. The default is `/usr/local'.
|
||
|
||
`--exec-prefix' can be used to direct architecture-dependent files
|
||
like `libmpir.a' to a different location. This can be used to
|
||
share architecture-independent parts like the documentation, but
|
||
separate the dependent parts. Note however that `mpir.h' and
|
||
`mp.h' are architecture-dependent since they encode certain
|
||
aspects of `libmpir', so it will be necessary to ensure both
|
||
`$prefix/include' and `$exec_prefix/include' are available to the
|
||
compiler.
|
||
|
||
`--enable-gmpcompat'
|
||
By default make builds libmpir library files (and libmpirxx if C++
|
||
headers are requested) and the mpir.h header file. This option
|
||
allows you to specify that you want additional libraries created
|
||
called libgmp (and libgmpxx), etc., for libraries and gmp.h for
|
||
compatibility with GMP.
|
||
|
||
`--disable-shared', `--disable-static'
|
||
By default both shared and static libraries are built (where
|
||
possible), but one or other can be disabled. Shared libraries
|
||
result in smaller executables and permit code sharing between
|
||
separate running processes, but on some CPUs are slightly slower,
|
||
having a small cost on each function call.
|
||
|
||
Native Compilation, `--build=CPU-VENDOR-OS'
|
||
For normal native compilation, the system can be specified with
|
||
`--build'. By default `./configure' uses the output from running
|
||
`./config.guess'. On some systems `./config.guess' can determine
|
||
the exact CPU type, on others it will be necessary to give it
|
||
explicitly. For example,
|
||
|
||
./configure --build=ultrasparc-sun-solaris2.7
|
||
|
||
In all cases the `OS' part is important, since it controls how
|
||
libtool generates shared libraries. Running `./config.guess' is
|
||
the simplest way to see what it should be, if you don't know
|
||
already.
|
||
|
||
Cross Compilation, `--host=CPU-VENDOR-OS'
|
||
When cross-compiling, the system used for compiling is given by
|
||
`--build' and the system where the library will run is given by
|
||
`--host'. For example when using a FreeBSD Athlon system to build
|
||
GNU/Linux m68k binaries,
|
||
|
||
./configure --build=athlon-pc-freebsd3.5 --host=m68k-mac-linux-gnu
|
||
|
||
Compiler tools are sought first with the host system type as a
|
||
prefix. For example `m68k-mac-linux-gnu-ranlib' is tried, then
|
||
plain `ranlib'. This makes it possible for a set of
|
||
cross-compiling tools to co-exist with native tools. The prefix
|
||
is the argument to `--host', and this can be an alias, such as
|
||
`m68k-linux'. But note that tools don't have to be setup this
|
||
way, it's enough to just have a `PATH' with a suitable
|
||
cross-compiling `cc' etc.
|
||
|
||
Compiling for a different CPU in the same family as the build
|
||
system is a form of cross-compilation, though very possibly this
|
||
would merely be special options on a native compiler. In any case
|
||
`./configure' avoids depending on being able to run code on the
|
||
build system, which is important when creating binaries for a
|
||
newer CPU since they very possibly won't run on the build system.
|
||
|
||
In all cases the compiler must be able to produce an executable
|
||
(of whatever format) from a standard C `main'. Although only
|
||
object files will go to make up `libmpir', `./configure' uses
|
||
linking tests for various purposes, such as determining what
|
||
functions are available on the host system.
|
||
|
||
Currently a warning is given unless an explicit `--build' is used
|
||
when cross-compiling, because it may not be possible to correctly
|
||
guess the build system type if the `PATH' has only a
|
||
cross-compiling `cc'.
|
||
|
||
Note that the `--target' option is not appropriate for MPIR. It's
|
||
for use when building compiler tools, with `--host' being where
|
||
they will run, and `--target' what they'll produce code for.
|
||
Ordinary programs or libraries like MPIR are only interested in
|
||
the `--host' part, being where they'll run.
|
||
|
||
CPU types
|
||
In general, if you want a library that runs as fast as possible,
|
||
you should configure MPIR for the exact CPU type your system uses.
|
||
However, this may mean the binaries won't run on older members of
|
||
the family, and might run slower on other members, older or newer.
|
||
The best idea is always to build MPIR for the exact machine type
|
||
you intend to run it on.
|
||
|
||
The following CPUs have specific support. See `configure.in' for
|
||
details of what code and compiler options they select.
|
||
|
||
* Alpha: alpha, alphaev5, alphaev56, alphapca56, alphapca57,
|
||
alphaev6, alphaev67, alphaev68 alphaev7
|
||
|
||
* Cray: c90, j90, t90, sv1
|
||
|
||
* HPPA: hppa1.0, hppa1.1, hppa2.0, hppa2.0n, hppa2.0w, hppa64
|
||
|
||
* IA-64: ia64, itanium, itanium2
|
||
|
||
* MIPS: mips, mips3, mips64
|
||
|
||
* Motorola: m68k, m68000, m68010, m68020, m68030, m68040,
|
||
m68060, m68302, m68360, m88k, m88110
|
||
|
||
* POWER: power, power1, power2, power2sc
|
||
|
||
* PowerPC: powerpc, powerpc64, powerpc401, powerpc403,
|
||
powerpc405, powerpc505, powerpc601, powerpc602, powerpc603,
|
||
powerpc603e, powerpc604, powerpc604e, powerpc620, powerpc630,
|
||
powerpc740, powerpc7400, powerpc7450, powerpc750, powerpc801,
|
||
powerpc821, powerpc823, powerpc860, powerpc970
|
||
|
||
* SPARC: sparc, sparcv8, microsparc, supersparc, sparcv9,
|
||
ultrasparc, ultrasparc2, ultrasparc2i, ultrasparc3, sparc64
|
||
|
||
* x86 family: pentium, pentiummmx, pentiumpro, pentium2,
|
||
pentium3, pentium4, netburst, netburstlahf, prescott, core,
|
||
core2, penryn, nehalem, atom, k5, k6, k62, k63, k7, k8, k10
|
||
viac3, viac32
|
||
|
||
* Other: a29k, arm, clipper, i960, ns32k, pyramid, sh, sh2, vax,
|
||
z8k
|
||
|
||
CPUs not listed will use generic C code.
|
||
|
||
Generic C Build
|
||
If some of the assembly code causes problems, or if otherwise
|
||
desired, the generic C code can be selected with CPU `none'. For
|
||
example,
|
||
|
||
./configure --host=none-unknown-freebsd3.5
|
||
|
||
Note that this will run quite slowly, but it should be portable
|
||
and should at least make it possible to get something running if
|
||
all else fails.
|
||
|
||
Fat binary, `--enable-fat'
|
||
Using `--enable-fat' selects a "fat binary" build on x86 or x86_64
|
||
systems, where optimized low level subroutines are chosen at
|
||
runtime according to the CPU detected. This means more code, but
|
||
gives reasonable performance from a single binary for all x86
|
||
chips, or simililarly for all x86_64 chips. (This option might
|
||
become available for more architectures in the future.)
|
||
|
||
`ABI'
|
||
On some systems MPIR supports multiple ABIs (application binary
|
||
interfaces), meaning data type sizes and calling conventions. By
|
||
default MPIR chooses the best ABI available, but a particular ABI
|
||
can be selected. For example
|
||
|
||
./configure --host=mips64-sgi-irix6 ABI=n32
|
||
|
||
See *note ABI and ISA::, for the available choices on relevant
|
||
CPUs, and what applications need to do.
|
||
|
||
`CC', `CFLAGS'
|
||
By default the C compiler used is chosen from among some likely
|
||
candidates, with `gcc' normally preferred if it's present. The
|
||
usual `CC=whatever' can be passed to `./configure' to choose
|
||
something different.
|
||
|
||
For various systems, default compiler flags are set based on the
|
||
CPU and compiler. The usual `CFLAGS="-whatever"' can be passed to
|
||
`./configure' to use something different or to set good flags for
|
||
systems MPIR doesn't otherwise know.
|
||
|
||
The `CC' and `CFLAGS' used are printed during `./configure', and
|
||
can be found in each generated `Makefile'. This is the easiest way
|
||
to check the defaults when considering changing or adding
|
||
something.
|
||
|
||
Note that when `CC' and `CFLAGS' are specified on a system
|
||
supporting multiple ABIs it's important to give an explicit
|
||
`ABI=whatever', since MPIR can't determine the ABI just from the
|
||
flags and won't be able to select the correct assembler code.
|
||
|
||
If just `CC' is selected then normal default `CFLAGS' for that
|
||
compiler will be used (if MPIR recognises it). For example
|
||
`CC=gcc' can be used to force the use of GCC, with default flags
|
||
(and default ABI).
|
||
|
||
`CPPFLAGS'
|
||
Any flags like `-D' defines or `-I' includes required by the
|
||
preprocessor should be set in `CPPFLAGS' rather than `CFLAGS'.
|
||
Compiling is done with both `CPPFLAGS' and `CFLAGS', but
|
||
preprocessing uses just `CPPFLAGS'. This distinction is because
|
||
most preprocessors won't accept all the flags the compiler does.
|
||
Preprocessing is done separately in some configure tests, and in
|
||
the `ansi2knr' support for K&R compilers.
|
||
|
||
`CC_FOR_BUILD'
|
||
Some build-time programs are compiled and run to generate
|
||
host-specific data tables. `CC_FOR_BUILD' is the compiler used
|
||
for this. It doesn't need to be in any particular ABI or mode, it
|
||
merely needs to generate executables that can run. The default is
|
||
to try the selected `CC' and some likely candidates such as `cc'
|
||
and `gcc', looking for something that works.
|
||
|
||
No flags are used with `CC_FOR_BUILD' because a simple invocation
|
||
like `cc foo.c' should be enough. If some particular options are
|
||
required they can be included as for instance `CC_FOR_BUILD="cc
|
||
-whatever"'.
|
||
|
||
C++ Support, `--enable-cxx'
|
||
C++ support in MPIR can be enabled with `--enable-cxx', in which
|
||
case a C++ compiler will be required. As a convenience
|
||
`--enable-cxx=detect' can be used to enable C++ support only if a
|
||
compiler can be found. The C++ support consists of a library
|
||
`libmpirxx.la' and header file `mpirxx.h' (*note Headers and
|
||
Libraries::).
|
||
|
||
A separate `libmpirxx.la' has been adopted rather than having C++
|
||
objects within `libmpir.la' in order to ensure dynamic linked C
|
||
programs aren't bloated by a dependency on the C++ standard
|
||
library, and to avoid any chance that the C++ compiler could be
|
||
required when linking plain C programs.
|
||
|
||
`libmpirxx.la' will use certain internals from `libmpir.la' and can
|
||
only be expected to work with `libmpir.la' from the same MPIR
|
||
version. Future changes to the relevant internals will be
|
||
accompanied by renaming, so a mismatch will cause unresolved
|
||
symbols rather than perhaps mysterious misbehaviour.
|
||
|
||
In general `libmpirxx.la' will be usable only with the C++
|
||
compiler that built it, since name mangling and runtime support
|
||
are usually incompatible between different compilers.
|
||
|
||
`CXX', `CXXFLAGS'
|
||
When C++ support is enabled, the C++ compiler and its flags can be
|
||
set with variables `CXX' and `CXXFLAGS' in the usual way. The
|
||
default for `CXX' is the first compiler that works from a list of
|
||
likely candidates, with `g++' normally preferred when available.
|
||
The default for `CXXFLAGS' is to try `CFLAGS', `CFLAGS' without
|
||
`-g', then for `g++' either `-g -O2' or `-O2', or for other
|
||
compilers `-g' or nothing. Trying `CFLAGS' this way is convenient
|
||
when using `gcc' and `g++' together, since the flags for `gcc' will
|
||
usually suit `g++'.
|
||
|
||
It's important that the C and C++ compilers match, meaning their
|
||
startup and runtime support routines are compatible and that they
|
||
generate code in the same ABI (if there's a choice of ABIs on the
|
||
system). `./configure' isn't currently able to check these things
|
||
very well itself, so for that reason `--disable-cxx' is the
|
||
default, to avoid a build failure due to a compiler mismatch.
|
||
Perhaps this will change in the future.
|
||
|
||
Incidentally, it's normally not good enough to set `CXX' to the
|
||
same as `CC'. Although `gcc' for instance recognises `foo.cc' as
|
||
C++ code, only `g++' will invoke the linker the right way when
|
||
building an executable or shared library from C++ object files.
|
||
|
||
Temporary Memory, `--enable-alloca=<choice>'
|
||
MPIR allocates temporary workspace using one of the following
|
||
three methods, which can be selected with for instance
|
||
`--enable-alloca=malloc-reentrant'.
|
||
|
||
* `alloca' - C library or compiler builtin.
|
||
|
||
* `malloc-reentrant' - the heap, in a re-entrant fashion.
|
||
|
||
* `malloc-notreentrant' - the heap, with global variables.
|
||
|
||
For convenience, the following choices are also available.
|
||
`--disable-alloca' is the same as `no'.
|
||
|
||
* `yes' - a synonym for `alloca'.
|
||
|
||
* `no' - a synonym for `malloc-reentrant'.
|
||
|
||
* `reentrant' - `alloca' if available, otherwise
|
||
`malloc-reentrant'. This is the default.
|
||
|
||
* `notreentrant' - `alloca' if available, otherwise
|
||
`malloc-notreentrant'.
|
||
|
||
`alloca' is reentrant and fast, and is recommended. It actually
|
||
allocates just small blocks on the stack; larger ones use
|
||
malloc-reentrant.
|
||
|
||
`malloc-reentrant' is, as the name suggests, reentrant and thread
|
||
safe, but `malloc-notreentrant' is faster and should be used if
|
||
reentrancy is not required.
|
||
|
||
The two malloc methods in fact use the memory allocation functions
|
||
selected by `mp_set_memory_functions', these being `malloc' and
|
||
friends by default. *Note Custom Allocation::.
|
||
|
||
An additional choice `--enable-alloca=debug' is available, to help
|
||
when debugging memory related problems (*note Debugging::).
|
||
|
||
FFT Multiplication, `--disable-fft'
|
||
By default multiplications are done using Karatsuba, 3-way Toom,
|
||
and Fermat FFT. The FFT is only used on large to very large
|
||
operands and can be disabled to save code size if desired.
|
||
|
||
Assertion Checking, `--enable-assert'
|
||
This option enables some consistency checking within the library.
|
||
This can be of use while debugging, *note Debugging::.
|
||
|
||
Execution Profiling, `--enable-profiling=prof/gprof/instrument'
|
||
Enable profiling support, in one of various styles, *note
|
||
Profiling::.
|
||
|
||
`MPN_PATH'
|
||
Various assembler versions of each mpn subroutines are provided.
|
||
For a given CPU, a search is made though a path to choose a
|
||
version of each. For example `sparcv8' has
|
||
|
||
MPN_PATH="sparc32/v8 sparc32 generic"
|
||
|
||
which means look first for v8 code, then plain sparc32 (which is
|
||
v7), and finally fall back on generic C. Knowledgeable users with
|
||
special requirements can specify a different path. Normally this
|
||
is completely unnecessary.
|
||
|
||
Documentation
|
||
The source for the document you're now reading is `doc/mpir.texi',
|
||
in Texinfo format, see *note Texinfo: (texinfo)Top.
|
||
|
||
Info format `doc/mpir.info' is included in the distribution. The
|
||
usual automake targets are available to make PostScript, DVI, PDF
|
||
and HTML (these will require various TeX and Texinfo tools).
|
||
|
||
DocBook and XML can be generated by the Texinfo `makeinfo' program
|
||
too, see *note Options for `makeinfo': (texinfo)makeinfo options.
|
||
|
||
Some supplementary notes can also be found in the `doc'
|
||
subdirectory.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: ABI and ISA, Next: Notes for Package Builds, Prev: Build Options, Up: Installing MPIR
|
||
|
||
2.2 ABI and ISA
|
||
===============
|
||
|
||
ABI (Application Binary Interface) refers to the calling conventions
|
||
between functions, meaning what registers are used and what sizes the
|
||
various C data types are. ISA (Instruction Set Architecture) refers to
|
||
the instructions and registers a CPU has available.
|
||
|
||
Some 64-bit ISA CPUs have both a 64-bit ABI and a 32-bit ABI
|
||
defined, the latter for compatibility with older CPUs in the family.
|
||
MPIR supports some CPUs like this in both ABIs. In fact within MPIR
|
||
`ABI' means a combination of chip ABI, plus how MPIR chooses to use it.
|
||
For example in some 32-bit ABIs, MPIR may support a limb as either a
|
||
32-bit `long' or a 64-bit `long long'.
|
||
|
||
By default MPIR chooses the best ABI available for a given system,
|
||
and this generally gives significantly greater speed. But an ABI can
|
||
be chosen explicitly to make MPIR compatible with other libraries, or
|
||
particular application requirements. For example,
|
||
|
||
./configure ABI=32
|
||
|
||
In all cases it's vital that all object code used in a given program
|
||
is compiled for the same ABI.
|
||
|
||
Usually a limb is implemented as a `long'. When a `long long' limb
|
||
is used this is encoded in the generated `mpir.h'. This is convenient
|
||
for applications, but it does mean that `mpir.h' will vary, and can't
|
||
be just copied around. `mpir.h' remains compiler independent though,
|
||
since all compilers for a particular ABI will be expected to use the
|
||
same limb type.
|
||
|
||
Currently no attempt is made to follow whatever conventions a system
|
||
has for installing library or header files built for a particular ABI.
|
||
This will probably only matter when installing multiple builds of MPIR,
|
||
and it might be as simple as configuring with a special `libdir', or it
|
||
might require more than that. Note that builds for different ABIs need
|
||
to done separately, with a fresh `./configure' and `make' each.
|
||
|
||
|
||
AMD64 (`x86_64')
|
||
On AMD64 systems supporting both 32-bit and 64-bit modes for
|
||
applications, the following ABI choices are available.
|
||
|
||
`ABI=64'
|
||
The 64-bit ABI uses 64-bit limbs and pointers and makes full
|
||
use of the chip architecture. This is the default.
|
||
Applications will usually not need special compiler flags,
|
||
but for reference the option is
|
||
|
||
gcc -m64
|
||
|
||
`ABI=32'
|
||
The 32-bit ABI is the usual i386 conventions. This will be
|
||
slower, and is not recommended except for inter-operating
|
||
with other code not yet 64-bit capable. Applications must be
|
||
compiled with
|
||
|
||
gcc -m32
|
||
|
||
(In GCC 2.95 and earlier there's no `-m32' option, it's the
|
||
only mode.)
|
||
|
||
|
||
HPPA 2.0 (`hppa2.0*', `hppa64')
|
||
|
||
`ABI=2.0w'
|
||
The 2.0w ABI uses 64-bit limbs and pointers and is available
|
||
on HP-UX 11 or up. Applications must be compiled with
|
||
|
||
gcc [built for 2.0w]
|
||
cc +DD64
|
||
|
||
`ABI=2.0n'
|
||
The 2.0n ABI means the 32-bit HPPA 1.0 ABI and all its normal
|
||
calling conventions, but with 64-bit instructions permitted
|
||
within functions. MPIR uses a 64-bit `long long' for a limb.
|
||
This ABI is available on hppa64 GNU/Linux and on HP-UX 10 or
|
||
higher. Applications must be compiled with
|
||
|
||
gcc [built for 2.0n]
|
||
cc +DA2.0 +e
|
||
|
||
Note that current versions of GCC (eg. 3.2) don't generate
|
||
64-bit instructions for `long long' operations and so may be
|
||
slower than for 2.0w. (The MPIR assembler code is the same
|
||
though.)
|
||
|
||
`ABI=1.0'
|
||
HPPA 2.0 CPUs can run all HPPA 1.0 and 1.1 code in the 32-bit
|
||
HPPA 1.0 ABI. No special compiler options are needed for
|
||
applications.
|
||
|
||
All three ABIs are available for CPU types `hppa2.0w', `hppa2.0'
|
||
and `hppa64', but for CPU type `hppa2.0n' only 2.0n or 1.0 are
|
||
considered.
|
||
|
||
Note that GCC on HP-UX has no options to choose between 2.0n and
|
||
2.0w modes, unlike HP `cc'. Instead it must be built for one or
|
||
the other ABI. MPIR will detect how it was built, and skip to the
|
||
corresponding `ABI'.
|
||
|
||
|
||
IA-64 under HP-UX (`ia64*-*-hpux*', `itanium*-*-hpux*')
|
||
HP-UX supports two ABIs for IA-64. MPIR performance is the same
|
||
in both.
|
||
|
||
`ABI=32'
|
||
In the 32-bit ABI, pointers, `int's and `long's are 32 bits
|
||
and MPIR uses a 64 bit `long long' for a limb. Applications
|
||
can be compiled without any special flags since this ABI is
|
||
the default in both HP C and GCC, but for reference the flags
|
||
are
|
||
|
||
gcc -milp32
|
||
cc +DD32
|
||
|
||
`ABI=64'
|
||
In the 64-bit ABI, `long's and pointers are 64 bits and MPIR
|
||
uses a `long' for a limb. Applications must be compiled with
|
||
|
||
gcc -mlp64
|
||
cc +DD64
|
||
|
||
On other IA-64 systems, GNU/Linux for instance, `ABI=64' is the
|
||
only choice.
|
||
|
||
|
||
MIPS under IRIX 6 (`mips*-*-irix[6789]')
|
||
IRIX 6 always has a 64-bit MIPS 3 or better CPU, and supports ABIs
|
||
o32, n32, and 64. n32 or 64 are recommended, and MPIR performance
|
||
will be the same in each. The default is n32.
|
||
|
||
`ABI=o32'
|
||
The o32 ABI is 32-bit pointers and integers, and no 64-bit
|
||
operations. MPIR will be slower than in n32 or 64, this
|
||
option only exists to support old compilers, eg. GCC 2.7.2.
|
||
Applications can be compiled with no special flags on an old
|
||
compiler, or on a newer compiler with
|
||
|
||
gcc -mabi=32
|
||
cc -32
|
||
|
||
`ABI=n32'
|
||
The n32 ABI is 32-bit pointers and integers, but with a
|
||
64-bit limb using a `long long'. Applications must be
|
||
compiled with
|
||
|
||
gcc -mabi=n32
|
||
cc -n32
|
||
|
||
`ABI=64'
|
||
The 64-bit ABI is 64-bit pointers and integers. Applications
|
||
must be compiled with
|
||
|
||
gcc -mabi=64
|
||
cc -64
|
||
|
||
Note that MIPS GNU/Linux, as of kernel version 2.2, doesn't have
|
||
the necessary support for n32 or 64 and so only gets a 32-bit limb
|
||
and the MIPS 2 code.
|
||
|
||
|
||
PowerPC 64 (`powerpc64', `powerpc620', `powerpc630', `powerpc970')
|
||
|
||
`ABI=aix64'
|
||
The AIX 64 ABI uses 64-bit limbs and pointers and is the
|
||
default on PowerPC 64 `*-*-aix*' systems. Applications must
|
||
be compiled with
|
||
|
||
gcc -maix64
|
||
xlc -q64
|
||
|
||
`ABI=mode32'
|
||
The `mode32' ABI uses a 64-bit `long long' limb but with the
|
||
chip still in 32-bit mode and using 32-bit calling
|
||
conventions. This is the default on PowerPC 64 `*-*-darwin*'
|
||
systems. No special compiler options are needed for
|
||
applications.
|
||
|
||
`ABI=32'
|
||
This is the basic 32-bit PowerPC ABI, with a 32-bit limb. No
|
||
special compiler options are needed for applications.
|
||
|
||
MPIR speed is greatest in `aix64' and `mode32'. In `ABI=32' only
|
||
the 32-bit ISA is used and this doesn't make full use of a 64-bit
|
||
chip. On a suitable system we could perhaps use more of the ISA,
|
||
but there are no plans to do so.
|
||
|
||
|
||
Sparc V9 (`sparc64', `sparcv9', `ultrasparc*')
|
||
|
||
`ABI=64'
|
||
The 64-bit V9 ABI is available on the various BSD sparc64
|
||
ports, recent versions of Sparc64 GNU/Linux, and Solaris 2.7
|
||
and up (when the kernel is in 64-bit mode). GCC 3.2 or
|
||
higher, or Sun `cc' is required. On GNU/Linux, depending on
|
||
the default `gcc' mode, applications must be compiled with
|
||
|
||
gcc -m64
|
||
|
||
On Solaris applications must be compiled with
|
||
|
||
gcc -m64 -mptr64 -Wa,-xarch=v9 -mcpu=v9
|
||
cc -xarch=v9
|
||
|
||
On the BSD sparc64 systems no special options are required,
|
||
since 64-bits is the only ABI available.
|
||
|
||
`ABI=32'
|
||
For the basic 32-bit ABI, MPIR still uses as much of the V9
|
||
ISA as it can. In the Sun documentation this combination is
|
||
known as "v8plus". On GNU/Linux, depending on the default
|
||
`gcc' mode, applications may need to be compiled with
|
||
|
||
gcc -m32
|
||
|
||
On Solaris, no special compiler options are required for
|
||
applications, though using something like the following is
|
||
recommended. (`gcc' 2.8 and earlier only support `-mv8'
|
||
though.)
|
||
|
||
gcc -mv8plus
|
||
cc -xarch=v8plus
|
||
|
||
MPIR speed is greatest in `ABI=64', so it's the default where
|
||
available. The speed is partly because there are extra registers
|
||
available and partly because 64-bits is considered the more
|
||
important case and has therefore had better code written for it.
|
||
|
||
Don't be confused by the names of the `-m' and `-x' compiler
|
||
options, they're called `arch' but effectively control both ABI
|
||
and ISA.
|
||
|
||
On Solaris 2.6 and earlier, only `ABI=32' is available since the
|
||
kernel doesn't save all registers.
|
||
|
||
On Solaris 2.7 with the kernel in 32-bit mode, a normal native
|
||
build will reject `ABI=64' because the resulting executables won't
|
||
run. `ABI=64' can still be built if desired by making it look
|
||
like a cross-compile, for example
|
||
|
||
./configure --build=none --host=sparcv9-sun-solaris2.7 ABI=64
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Notes for Package Builds, Next: Notes for Particular Systems, Prev: ABI and ISA, Up: Installing MPIR
|
||
|
||
2.3 Notes for Package Builds
|
||
============================
|
||
|
||
MPIR should present no great difficulties for packaging in a binary
|
||
distribution.
|
||
|
||
Libtool is used to build the library and `-version-info' is set
|
||
appropriately, having started from `3:0:0' in GMP 3.0 (*note Library
|
||
interface versions: (libtool)Versioning.).
|
||
|
||
The GMP 4 series and MPIR 1 series will be upwardly binary
|
||
compatible in each release and will be upwardly binary compatible with
|
||
all of the GMP 3 series. Additional function interfaces may be added
|
||
in each release, so on systems where libtool versioning is not fully
|
||
checked by the loader an auxiliary mechanism may be needed to express
|
||
that a dynamic linked application depends on a new enough MPIR.
|
||
|
||
An auxiliary mechanism may also be needed to express that
|
||
`libmpirxx.la' (from `--enable-cxx', *note Build Options::) requires
|
||
`libmpir.la' from the same MPIR version, since this is not done by the
|
||
libtool versioning, nor otherwise. A mismatch will result in
|
||
unresolved symbols from the linker, or perhaps the loader.
|
||
|
||
When building a package for a CPU family, care should be taken to use
|
||
`--host' (or `--build') to choose the least common denominator among
|
||
the CPUs which might use the package. For example this might mean plain
|
||
`sparc' (meaning V7) for SPARCs.
|
||
|
||
For x86s, `--enable-fat' sets things up for a fat binary build,
|
||
making a runtime selection of optimized low level routines. This is a
|
||
good choice for packaging to run on a range of x86 chips.
|
||
|
||
Users who care about speed will want MPIR built for their exact CPU
|
||
type, to make best use of the available optimizations. Providing a way
|
||
to suitably rebuild a package may be useful. This could be as simple
|
||
as making it possible for a user to omit `--build' (and `--host') so
|
||
`./config.guess' will detect the CPU. But a way to manually specify a
|
||
`--build' will be wanted for systems where `./config.guess' is inexact.
|
||
|
||
On systems with multiple ABIs, a packaged build will need to decide
|
||
which among the choices is to be provided, see *note ABI and ISA::. A
|
||
given run of `./configure' etc will only build one ABI. If a second
|
||
ABI is also required then a second run of `./configure' etc must be
|
||
made, starting from a clean directory tree (`make distclean').
|
||
|
||
As noted under "ABI and ISA", currently no attempt is made to follow
|
||
system conventions for install locations that vary with ABI, such as
|
||
`/usr/lib/sparcv9' for `ABI=64' as opposed to `/usr/lib' for `ABI=32'.
|
||
A package build can override `libdir' and other standard variables as
|
||
necessary.
|
||
|
||
Note that `mpir.h' is a generated file, and will be architecture and
|
||
ABI dependent. When attempting to install two ABIs simultaneously it
|
||
will be important that an application compile gets the correct `mpir.h'
|
||
for its desired ABI. If compiler include paths don't vary with ABI
|
||
options then it might be necessary to create a `/usr/include/mpir.h'
|
||
which tests preprocessor symbols and chooses the correct actual
|
||
`mpir.h'.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Notes for Particular Systems, Next: Known Build Problems, Prev: Notes for Package Builds, Up: Installing MPIR
|
||
|
||
2.4 Notes for Particular Systems
|
||
================================
|
||
|
||
AIX 3 and 4
|
||
On systems `*-*-aix[34]*' shared libraries are disabled by
|
||
default, since some versions of the native `ar' fail on the
|
||
convenience libraries used. A shared build can be attempted with
|
||
|
||
./configure --enable-shared --disable-static
|
||
|
||
Note that the `--disable-static' is necessary because in a shared
|
||
build libtool makes `libmpir.a' a symlink to `libmpir.so',
|
||
apparently for the benefit of old versions of `ld' which only
|
||
recognise `.a', but unfortunately this is done even if a fully
|
||
functional `ld' is available.
|
||
|
||
ARM
|
||
On systems `arm*-*-*', versions of GCC up to and including 2.95.3
|
||
have a bug in unsigned division, giving wrong results for some
|
||
operands. MPIR `./configure' will demand GCC 2.95.4 or later.
|
||
|
||
Compaq C++
|
||
Compaq C++ on OSF 5.1 has two flavours of `iostream', a standard
|
||
one and an old pre-standard one (see `man iostream_intro'). MPIR
|
||
can only use the standard one, which unfortunately is not the
|
||
default but must be selected by defining `__USE_STD_IOSTREAM'.
|
||
Configure with for instance
|
||
|
||
./configure --enable-cxx CPPFLAGS=-D__USE_STD_IOSTREAM
|
||
|
||
Floating Point Mode
|
||
On some systems, the hardware floating point has a control mode
|
||
which can set all operations to be done in a particular precision,
|
||
for instance single, double or extended on x86 systems (x87
|
||
floating point). The MPIR functions involving a `double' cannot
|
||
be expected to operate to their full precision when the hardware
|
||
is in single precision mode. Of course this affects all code,
|
||
including application code, not just MPIR.
|
||
|
||
MS-DOS and MS Windows
|
||
On an MS-DOS system DJGPP can be used to build MPIR, and on an MS
|
||
Windows system Cygwin, DJGPP and MINGW can all be used. All three
|
||
are excellent ports of GCC and the various GNU tools.
|
||
|
||
`http://www.cygwin.com/'
|
||
`http://www.delorie.com/djgpp/'
|
||
`http://www.mingw.org/'
|
||
|
||
In addition, project files for MSVC are provided, allowing MPIR to
|
||
build on Microsoft's compiler. This support is provided by Brian
|
||
Gladman.
|
||
|
||
Microsoft also publishes an Interix "Services for Unix" which can
|
||
be used to build MPIR on Windows (with a normal `./configure'),
|
||
but it's not free software.
|
||
|
||
MS Windows DLLs
|
||
On systems `*-*-cygwin*', `*-*-mingw*' and `*-*-pw32*' by default
|
||
MPIR builds only a static library, but a DLL can be built instead
|
||
using
|
||
|
||
./configure --disable-static --enable-shared
|
||
|
||
Static and DLL libraries can't both be built, since certain export
|
||
directives in `mpir.h' must be different.
|
||
|
||
A MINGW DLL build of MPIR can be used with Microsoft C. Libtool
|
||
doesn't install a `.lib' format import library, but it can be
|
||
created with MS `lib' as follows, and copied to the install
|
||
directory. Similarly for `libmpir' and `libmpirxx'.
|
||
|
||
cd .libs
|
||
lib /def:libgmp-3.dll.def /out:libgmp-3.lib
|
||
|
||
MINGW uses the C runtime library `msvcrt.dll' for I/O, so
|
||
applications wanting to use the MPIR I/O routines must be compiled
|
||
with `cl /MD' to do the same. If one of the other C runtime
|
||
library choices provided by MS C is desired then the suggestion is
|
||
to use the MPIR string functions and confine I/O to the
|
||
application.
|
||
|
||
Motorola 68k CPU Types
|
||
`m68k' is taken to mean 68000. `m68020' or higher will give a
|
||
performance boost on applicable CPUs. `m68360' can be used for
|
||
CPU32 series chips. `m68302' can be used for "Dragonball" series
|
||
chips, though this is merely a synonym for `m68000'.
|
||
|
||
OpenBSD 2.6
|
||
`m4' in this release of OpenBSD has a bug in `eval' that makes it
|
||
unsuitable for `.asm' file processing. `./configure' will detect
|
||
the problem and either abort or choose another m4 in the `PATH'.
|
||
The bug is fixed in OpenBSD 2.7, so either upgrade or use GNU m4.
|
||
|
||
Power CPU Types
|
||
In MPIR, CPU types `power*' and `powerpc*' will each use
|
||
instructions not available on the other, so it's important to
|
||
choose the right one for the CPU that will be used. Currently
|
||
MPIR has no assembler code support for using just the common
|
||
instruction subset. To get executables that run on both, the
|
||
current suggestion is to use the generic C code (CPU `none'),
|
||
possibly with appropriate compiler options (like `-mcpu=common' for
|
||
`gcc'). CPU `rs6000' (which is not a CPU but a family of
|
||
workstations) is accepted by `config.sub', but is currently
|
||
equivalent to `none'.
|
||
|
||
Sparc CPU Types
|
||
`sparcv8' or `supersparc' on relevant systems will give a
|
||
significant performance increase over the V7 code selected by plain
|
||
`sparc'.
|
||
|
||
Sparc App Regs
|
||
The MPIR assembler code for both 32-bit and 64-bit Sparc clobbers
|
||
the "application registers" `g2', `g3' and `g4', the same way that
|
||
the GCC default `-mapp-regs' does (*note SPARC Options: (gcc)SPARC
|
||
Options.).
|
||
|
||
This makes that code unsuitable for use with the special V9
|
||
`-mcmodel=embmedany' (which uses `g4' as a data segment pointer),
|
||
and for applications wanting to use those registers for special
|
||
purposes. In these cases the only suggestion currently is to
|
||
build MPIR with CPU `none' to avoid the assembler code.
|
||
|
||
Solaris 10 First Release on SPARC
|
||
MPIR fails to build with Solaris 10 first release. Patch 123647-01
|
||
for SPARC, released by Sun in August 2006 fixes this problem.
|
||
|
||
SunOS 4
|
||
`/usr/bin/m4' lacks various features needed to process `.asm'
|
||
files, and instead `./configure' will automatically use
|
||
`/usr/5bin/m4', which we believe is always available (if not then
|
||
use GNU m4).
|
||
|
||
x86 CPU Types
|
||
`i586', `pentium' or `pentiummmx' code is good for its intended P5
|
||
Pentium chips, but quite slow when run on Intel P6 class chips
|
||
(PPro, P-II, P-III). `i386' is a better choice when making
|
||
binaries that must run on both.
|
||
|
||
x86 MMX and SSE2 Code
|
||
If the CPU selected has MMX code but the assembler doesn't support
|
||
it, a warning is given and non-MMX code is used instead. This
|
||
will be an inferior build, since the MMX code that's present is
|
||
there because it's faster than the corresponding plain integer
|
||
code. The same applies to SSE2.
|
||
|
||
Old versions of `gas' don't support MMX instructions, in particular
|
||
version 1.92.3 that comes with FreeBSD 2.2.8 or the more recent
|
||
OpenBSD 3.1 doesn't.
|
||
|
||
Solaris 2.6 and 2.7 `as' generate incorrect object code for
|
||
register to register `movq' instructions, and so can't be used for
|
||
MMX code. Install a recent `gas' if MMX code is wanted on these
|
||
systems.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Known Build Problems, Next: Performance optimization, Prev: Notes for Particular Systems, Up: Installing MPIR
|
||
|
||
2.5 Known Build Problems
|
||
========================
|
||
|
||
You might find more up-to-date information at `http://www.mpir.org/'.
|
||
|
||
Compiler link options
|
||
The version of libtool currently in use rather aggressively strips
|
||
compiler options when linking a shared library. This will
|
||
hopefully be relaxed in the future, but for now if this is a
|
||
problem the suggestion is to create a little script to hide them,
|
||
and for instance configure with
|
||
|
||
./configure CC=gcc-with-my-options
|
||
|
||
DJGPP (`*-*-msdosdjgpp*')
|
||
The DJGPP port of `bash' 2.03 is unable to run the `configure'
|
||
script, it exits silently, having died writing a preamble to
|
||
`config.log'. Use `bash' 2.04 or higher.
|
||
|
||
`make all' was found to run out of memory during the final
|
||
`libgmp.la' link on one system tested, despite having 64Mb
|
||
available. Running `make libgmp.la' directly helped, perhaps
|
||
recursing into the various subdirectories uses up memory.
|
||
|
||
GNU binutils `strip' prior to 2.12
|
||
`strip' from GNU binutils 2.11 and earlier should not be used on
|
||
the static libraries `libmpir.a' and `libmp.a' since it will
|
||
discard all but the last of multiple archive members with the same
|
||
name, like the three versions of `init.o' in `libmpir.a'.
|
||
Binutils 2.12 or higher can be used successfully.
|
||
|
||
The shared libraries `libmpir.so' and `libmp.so' are not affected
|
||
by this and any version of `strip' can be used on them.
|
||
|
||
`make' syntax error
|
||
On certain versions of SCO OpenServer 5 and IRIX 6.5 the native
|
||
`make' is unable to handle the long dependencies list for
|
||
`libmpir.la'. The symptom is a "syntax error" on the following
|
||
line of the top-level `Makefile'.
|
||
|
||
libmpir.la: $(libmpir_la_OBJECTS) $(libmpir_la_DEPENDENCIES)
|
||
|
||
Either use GNU Make, or as a workaround remove
|
||
`$(libmpir_la_DEPENDENCIES)' from that line (which will make the
|
||
initial build work, but if any recompiling is done `libmpir.la'
|
||
might not be rebuilt).
|
||
|
||
MacOS X (`*-*-darwin*')
|
||
Libtool currently only knows how to create shared libraries on
|
||
MacOS X using the native `cc' (which is a modified GCC), not a
|
||
plain GCC. A static-only build should work though
|
||
(`--disable-shared').
|
||
|
||
NeXT prior to 3.3
|
||
The system compiler on old versions of NeXT was a massacred and
|
||
old GCC, even if it called itself `cc'. This compiler cannot be
|
||
used to build MPIR, you need to get a real GCC, and install that.
|
||
(NeXT may have fixed this in release 3.3 of their system.)
|
||
|
||
POWER and PowerPC
|
||
Bugs in GCC 2.7.2 (and 2.6.3) mean it can't be used to compile
|
||
MPIR on POWER or PowerPC. If you want to use GCC for these
|
||
machines, get GCC 2.7.2.1 (or later).
|
||
|
||
Sequent Symmetry
|
||
Use the GNU assembler instead of the system assembler, since the
|
||
latter has serious bugs.
|
||
|
||
Solaris 2.6
|
||
The system `sed' prints an error "Output line too long" when
|
||
libtool builds `libmpir.la'. This doesn't seem to cause any
|
||
obvious ill effects, but GNU `sed' is recommended, to avoid any
|
||
doubt.
|
||
|
||
Sparc Solaris 2.7 with gcc 2.95.2 in `ABI=32'
|
||
A shared library build of MPIR seems to fail in this combination,
|
||
it builds but then fails the tests, apparently due to some
|
||
incorrect data relocations within `gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size'.
|
||
The exact cause is unknown, `--disable-shared' is recommended.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Performance optimization, Prev: Known Build Problems, Up: Installing MPIR
|
||
|
||
2.6 Performance optimization
|
||
============================
|
||
|
||
For optimal performance, build MPIR for the exact CPU type of the target
|
||
computer, see *note Build Options::.
|
||
|
||
Unlike what is the case for most other programs, the compiler
|
||
typically doesn't matter much, since MPIR uses assembly language for
|
||
the most critical operation.
|
||
|
||
In particular for long-running MPIR applications, and applications
|
||
demanding extremely large numbers, building and running the `tuneup'
|
||
program in the `tune' subdirectory, can be important. For example,
|
||
|
||
cd tune
|
||
make tuneup
|
||
./tuneup
|
||
|
||
will generate better contents for the `gmp-mparam.h' parameter file.
|
||
|
||
To use the results, put the output in the file indicated in the
|
||
`Parameters for ...' header. Then recompile from scratch.
|
||
|
||
The `tuneup' program takes one useful parameter, `-f NNN', which
|
||
instructs the program how long to check FFT multiply parameters. If
|
||
you're going to use MPIR for extremely large numbers, you may want to
|
||
run `tuneup' with a large NNN value.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: MPIR Basics, Next: Reporting Bugs, Prev: Installing MPIR, Up: Top
|
||
|
||
3 MPIR Basics
|
||
*************
|
||
|
||
*Using functions, macros, data types, etc. not documented in this
|
||
manual is strongly discouraged. If you do so your application is
|
||
guaranteed to be incompatible with future versions of MPIR.*
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Headers and Libraries::
|
||
* Nomenclature and Types::
|
||
* Function Classes::
|
||
* Variable Conventions::
|
||
* Parameter Conventions::
|
||
* Memory Management::
|
||
* Reentrancy::
|
||
* Useful Macros and Constants::
|
||
* Compatibility with older versions::
|
||
* Demonstration Programs::
|
||
* Efficiency::
|
||
* Debugging::
|
||
* Profiling::
|
||
* Autoconf::
|
||
* Emacs::
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Headers and Libraries, Next: Nomenclature and Types, Prev: MPIR Basics, Up: MPIR Basics
|
||
|
||
3.1 Headers and Libraries
|
||
=========================
|
||
|
||
All declarations needed to use MPIR are collected in the include file
|
||
`mpir.h'. It is designed to work with both C and C++ compilers.
|
||
|
||
#include <mpir.h>
|
||
|
||
Note however that prototypes for MPIR functions with `FILE *'
|
||
parameters are only provided if `<stdio.h>' is included too.
|
||
|
||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||
#include <mpir.h>
|
||
|
||
Likewise `<stdarg.h>' (or `<varargs.h>') is required for prototypes
|
||
with `va_list' parameters, such as `gmp_vprintf'. And `<obstack.h>'
|
||
for prototypes with `struct obstack' parameters, such as
|
||
`gmp_obstack_printf', when available.
|
||
|
||
All programs using MPIR must link against the `libmpir' library. On
|
||
a typical Unix-like system this can be done with `-lmpir' respectively,
|
||
for example
|
||
|
||
gcc myprogram.c -lmpir
|
||
|
||
MPIR C++ functions are in a separate `libmpirxx' library. This is
|
||
built and installed if C++ support has been enabled (*note Build
|
||
Options::). For example,
|
||
|
||
g++ mycxxprog.cc -lmpirxx -lmpir
|
||
|
||
MPIR is built using Libtool and an application can use that to link
|
||
if desired, *note GNU Libtool: (libtool)Top.
|
||
|
||
If MPIR has been installed to a non-standard location then it may be
|
||
necessary to use `-I' and `-L' compiler options to point to the right
|
||
directories, and some sort of run-time path for a shared library.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Nomenclature and Types, Next: Function Classes, Prev: Headers and Libraries, Up: MPIR Basics
|
||
|
||
3.2 Nomenclature and Types
|
||
==========================
|
||
|
||
In this manual, "integer" usually means a multiple precision integer, as
|
||
defined by the MPIR library. The C data type for such integers is
|
||
`mpz_t'. Here are some examples of how to declare such integers:
|
||
|
||
mpz_t sum;
|
||
|
||
struct foo { mpz_t x, y; };
|
||
|
||
mpz_t vec[20];
|
||
|
||
"Rational number" means a multiple precision fraction. The C data
|
||
type for these fractions is `mpq_t'. For example:
|
||
|
||
mpq_t quotient;
|
||
|
||
"Floating point number" or "Float" for short, is an arbitrary
|
||
precision mantissa with a limited precision exponent. The C data type
|
||
for such objects is `mpf_t'. For example:
|
||
|
||
mpf_t fp;
|
||
|
||
The floating point functions accept and return exponents in the C
|
||
type `mp_exp_t'. Currently this is usually a `long', but on some
|
||
systems it's an `int' for efficiency.
|
||
|
||
A "limb" means the part of a multi-precision number that fits in a
|
||
single machine word. (We chose this word because a limb of the human
|
||
body is analogous to a digit, only larger, and containing several
|
||
digits.) Normally a limb is 32 or 64 bits. The C data type for a limb
|
||
is `mp_limb_t'.
|
||
|
||
Counts of limbs are represented in the C type `mp_size_t'. Currently
|
||
this is normally a `long', but on some systems it's an `int' for
|
||
efficiency.
|
||
|
||
"Random state" means an algorithm selection and current state data.
|
||
The C data type for such objects is `gmp_randstate_t'. For example:
|
||
|
||
gmp_randstate_t rstate;
|
||
|
||
Also, in general `unsigned long' is used for bit counts and ranges,
|
||
and `size_t' is used for byte or character counts.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Function Classes, Next: Variable Conventions, Prev: Nomenclature and Types, Up: MPIR Basics
|
||
|
||
3.3 Function Classes
|
||
====================
|
||
|
||
There are five classes of functions in the MPIR library:
|
||
|
||
1. Functions for signed integer arithmetic, with names beginning with
|
||
`mpz_'. The associated type is `mpz_t'. There are about 150
|
||
functions in this class. (*note Integer Functions::)
|
||
|
||
2. Functions for rational number arithmetic, with names beginning with
|
||
`mpq_'. The associated type is `mpq_t'. There are about 40
|
||
functions in this class, but the integer functions can be used for
|
||
arithmetic on the numerator and denominator separately. (*note
|
||
Rational Number Functions::)
|
||
|
||
3. Functions for floating-point arithmetic, with names beginning with
|
||
`mpf_'. The associated type is `mpf_t'. There are about 60
|
||
functions is this class. (*note Floating-point Functions::)
|
||
|
||
4. Fast low-level functions that operate on natural numbers. These
|
||
are used by the functions in the preceding groups, and you can
|
||
also call them directly from very time-critical user programs.
|
||
These functions' names begin with `mpn_'. The associated type is
|
||
array of `mp_limb_t'. There are about 30 (hard-to-use) functions
|
||
in this class. (*note Low-level Functions::)
|
||
|
||
5. Miscellaneous functions. Functions for setting up custom
|
||
allocation and functions for generating random numbers. (*note
|
||
Custom Allocation::, and *note Random Number Functions::)
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Variable Conventions, Next: Parameter Conventions, Prev: Function Classes, Up: MPIR Basics
|
||
|
||
3.4 Variable Conventions
|
||
========================
|
||
|
||
MPIR functions generally have output arguments before input arguments.
|
||
This notation is by analogy with the assignment operator.
|
||
|
||
MPIR lets you use the same variable for both input and output in one
|
||
call. For example, the main function for integer multiplication,
|
||
`mpz_mul', can be used to square `x' and put the result back in `x' with
|
||
|
||
mpz_mul (x, x, x);
|
||
|
||
Before you can assign to an MPIR variable, you need to initialize it
|
||
by calling one of the special initialization functions. When you're
|
||
done with a variable, you need to clear it out, using one of the
|
||
functions for that purpose. Which function to use depends on the type
|
||
of variable. See the chapters on integer functions, rational number
|
||
functions, and floating-point functions for details.
|
||
|
||
A variable should only be initialized once, or at least cleared
|
||
between each initialization. After a variable has been initialized, it
|
||
may be assigned to any number of times.
|
||
|
||
For efficiency reasons, avoid excessive initializing and clearing.
|
||
In general, initialize near the start of a function and clear near the
|
||
end. For example,
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
foo (void)
|
||
{
|
||
mpz_t n;
|
||
int i;
|
||
mpz_init (n);
|
||
for (i = 1; i < 100; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
mpz_mul (n, ...);
|
||
mpz_fdiv_q (n, ...);
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
mpz_clear (n);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Parameter Conventions, Next: Memory Management, Prev: Variable Conventions, Up: MPIR Basics
|
||
|
||
3.5 Parameter Conventions
|
||
=========================
|
||
|
||
When an MPIR variable is used as a function parameter, it's effectively
|
||
a call-by-reference, meaning if the function stores a value there it
|
||
will change the original in the caller. Parameters which are
|
||
input-only can be designated `const' to provoke a compiler error or
|
||
warning on attempting to modify them.
|
||
|
||
When a function is going to return an MPIR result, it should
|
||
designate a parameter that it sets, like the library functions do.
|
||
More than one value can be returned by having more than one output
|
||
parameter, again like the library functions. A `return' of an `mpz_t'
|
||
etc doesn't return the object, only a pointer, and this is almost
|
||
certainly not what's wanted.
|
||
|
||
Here's an example accepting an `mpz_t' parameter, doing a
|
||
calculation, and storing the result to the indicated parameter.
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
foo (mpz_t result, const mpz_t param, unsigned long n)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned long i;
|
||
mpz_mul_ui (result, param, n);
|
||
for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
|
||
mpz_add_ui (result, result, i*7);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
main (void)
|
||
{
|
||
mpz_t r, n;
|
||
mpz_init (r);
|
||
mpz_init_set_str (n, "123456", 0);
|
||
foo (r, n, 20L);
|
||
gmp_printf ("%Zd\n", r);
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
`foo' works even if the mainline passes the same variable for
|
||
`param' and `result', just like the library functions. But sometimes
|
||
it's tricky to make that work, and an application might not want to
|
||
bother supporting that sort of thing.
|
||
|
||
For interest, the MPIR types `mpz_t' etc are implemented as
|
||
one-element arrays of certain structures. This is why declaring a
|
||
variable creates an object with the fields MPIR needs, but then using
|
||
it as a parameter passes a pointer to the object. Note that the actual
|
||
fields in each `mpz_t' etc are for internal use only and should not be
|
||
accessed directly by code that expects to be compatible with future
|
||
MPIR releases.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Memory Management, Next: Reentrancy, Prev: Parameter Conventions, Up: MPIR Basics
|
||
|
||
3.6 Memory Management
|
||
=====================
|
||
|
||
The MPIR types like `mpz_t' are small, containing only a couple of
|
||
sizes, and pointers to allocated data. Once a variable is initialized,
|
||
MPIR takes care of all space allocation. Additional space is allocated
|
||
whenever a variable doesn't have enough.
|
||
|
||
`mpz_t' and `mpq_t' variables never reduce their allocated space.
|
||
Normally this is the best policy, since it avoids frequent reallocation.
|
||
Applications that need to return memory to the heap at some particular
|
||
point can use `mpz_realloc2', or clear variables no longer needed.
|
||
|
||
`mpf_t' variables, in the current implementation, use a fixed amount
|
||
of space, determined by the chosen precision and allocated at
|
||
initialization, so their size doesn't change.
|
||
|
||
All memory is allocated using `malloc' and friends by default, but
|
||
this can be changed, see *note Custom Allocation::. Temporary memory
|
||
on the stack is also used (via `alloca'), but this can be changed at
|
||
build-time if desired, see *note Build Options::.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Reentrancy, Next: Useful Macros and Constants, Prev: Memory Management, Up: MPIR Basics
|
||
|
||
3.7 Reentrancy
|
||
==============
|
||
|
||
MPIR is reentrant and thread-safe, with some exceptions:
|
||
|
||
* If configured with `--enable-alloca=malloc-notreentrant' (or with
|
||
`--enable-alloca=notreentrant' when `alloca' is not available),
|
||
then naturally MPIR is not reentrant.
|
||
|
||
* `mpf_set_default_prec' and `mpf_init' use a global variable for the
|
||
selected precision. `mpf_init2' can be used instead, and in the
|
||
C++ interface an explicit precision to the `mpf_class' constructor.
|
||
|
||
* `mp_set_memory_functions' uses global variables to store the
|
||
selected memory allocation functions.
|
||
|
||
* If the memory allocation functions set by a call to
|
||
`mp_set_memory_functions' (or `malloc' and friends by default) are
|
||
not reentrant, then MPIR will not be reentrant either.
|
||
|
||
* If the standard I/O functions such as `fwrite' are not reentrant
|
||
then the MPIR I/O functions using them will not be reentrant
|
||
either.
|
||
|
||
* It's safe for two threads to read from the same MPIR variable
|
||
simultaneously, but it's not safe for one to read while the
|
||
another might be writing, nor for two threads to write
|
||
simultaneously. It's not safe for two threads to generate a
|
||
random number from the same `gmp_randstate_t' simultaneously,
|
||
since this involves an update of that variable.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Useful Macros and Constants, Next: Compatibility with older versions, Prev: Reentrancy, Up: MPIR Basics
|
||
|
||
3.8 Useful Macros and Constants
|
||
===============================
|
||
|
||
-- Global Constant: const int mp_bits_per_limb
|
||
The number of bits per limb.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: __GNU_MP_VERSION
|
||
-- Macro: __GNU_MP_VERSION_MINOR
|
||
-- Macro: __GNU_MP_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL
|
||
The major and minor GMP version, and patch level, respectively, as
|
||
integers. For GMP i.j, these numbers will be i, j, and 0,
|
||
respectively. For GMP i.j.k, these numbers will be i, j, and k,
|
||
respectively. These numbers represent the version of GMP fully
|
||
supported by this version of MPIR.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: __MPIR_VERSION
|
||
-- Macro: __MPIR_VERSION_MINOR
|
||
-- Macro: __MPIR_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL
|
||
The major and minor MPIR version, and patch level, respectively,
|
||
as integers. For MPIR i.j, these numbers will be i, j, and 0,
|
||
respectively. For MPIR i.j.k, these numbers will be i, j, and k,
|
||
respectively.
|
||
|
||
-- Global Constant: const char * const gmp_version
|
||
The GNU MP version number, as a null-terminated string, in the
|
||
form "i.j" or "i.j.k".
|
||
|
||
-- Global Constant: const char * const mpir_version
|
||
The MPIR version number, as a null-terminated string, in the form
|
||
"i.j" or "i.j.k". This release is "1.3.0".
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Compatibility with older versions, Next: Demonstration Programs, Prev: Useful Macros and Constants, Up: MPIR Basics
|
||
|
||
3.9 Compatibility with older versions
|
||
=====================================
|
||
|
||
This version of MPIR is upwardly binary compatible with all GMP 4.x and
|
||
3.x versions, and upwardly compatible at the source level with all 2.x
|
||
versions, with the following exceptions.
|
||
|
||
* `mpn_gcd' had its source arguments swapped as of GMP 3.0, for
|
||
consistency with other `mpn' functions.
|
||
|
||
* `mpf_get_prec' counted precision slightly differently in GMP 3.0
|
||
and 3.0.1, but in 3.1 reverted to the 2.x style.
|
||
|
||
There are a number of compatibility issues between GMP 1 and GMP 2
|
||
that of course also apply when porting applications from GMP 1 to GMP 4
|
||
and MPIR 1. Please see the GMP 2 manual for details.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Demonstration Programs, Next: Efficiency, Prev: Compatibility with older versions, Up: MPIR Basics
|
||
|
||
3.10 Demonstration programs
|
||
===========================
|
||
|
||
The `demos' subdirectory has some sample programs using MPIR. These
|
||
aren't built or installed, but there's a `Makefile' with rules for them.
|
||
For instance,
|
||
|
||
make pexpr
|
||
./pexpr 68^975+10
|
||
|
||
The following programs are provided
|
||
|
||
* `pexpr' is an expression evaluator, the program used on the GMP
|
||
web page.
|
||
|
||
* The `calc' subdirectory has a similar but simpler evaluator using
|
||
`lex' and `yacc'.
|
||
|
||
* The `expr' subdirectory is yet another expression evaluator, a
|
||
library designed for ease of use within a C program. See
|
||
`demos/expr/README' for more information.
|
||
|
||
* `factorize' is a Pollard-Rho factorization program.
|
||
|
||
* `isprime' is a command-line interface to the `mpz_probab_prime_p'
|
||
function.
|
||
|
||
* `primes' counts or lists primes in an interval, using a sieve.
|
||
|
||
* `qcn' is an example use of `mpz_kronecker_ui' to estimate quadratic
|
||
class numbers.
|
||
|
||
* The `perl' subdirectory is a comprehensive perl interface to MPIR.
|
||
See `demos/perl/INSTALL' for more information. Documentation is
|
||
in POD format in `demos/perl/GMP.pm'.
|
||
|
||
As an aside, consideration has been given at various times to some
|
||
sort of expression evaluation within the main MPIR library. Going
|
||
beyond something minimal quickly leads to matters like user-defined
|
||
functions, looping, fixnums for control variables, etc, which are
|
||
considered outside the scope of MPIR (much closer to language
|
||
interpreters or compilers, *Note Language Bindings::.) Something
|
||
simple for program input convenience may yet be a possibility, a
|
||
combination of the `expr' demo and the `pexpr' tree back-end perhaps.
|
||
But for now the above evaluators are offered as illustrations.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Efficiency, Next: Debugging, Prev: Demonstration Programs, Up: MPIR Basics
|
||
|
||
3.11 Efficiency
|
||
===============
|
||
|
||
Small Operands
|
||
On small operands, the time for function call overheads and memory
|
||
allocation can be significant in comparison to actual calculation.
|
||
This is unavoidable in a general purpose variable precision
|
||
library, although MPIR attempts to be as efficient as it can on
|
||
both large and small operands.
|
||
|
||
Static Linking
|
||
On some CPUs, in particular the x86s, the static `libmpir.a'
|
||
should be used for maximum speed, since the PIC code in the shared
|
||
`libmpir.so' will have a small overhead on each function call and
|
||
global data address. For many programs this will be
|
||
insignificant, but for long calculations there's a gain to be had.
|
||
|
||
Initializing and Clearing
|
||
Avoid excessive initializing and clearing of variables, since this
|
||
can be quite time consuming, especially in comparison to otherwise
|
||
fast operations like addition.
|
||
|
||
A language interpreter might want to keep a free list or stack of
|
||
initialized variables ready for use. It should be possible to
|
||
integrate something like that with a garbage collector too.
|
||
|
||
Reallocations
|
||
An `mpz_t' or `mpq_t' variable used to hold successively increasing
|
||
values will have its memory repeatedly `realloc'ed, which could be
|
||
quite slow or could fragment memory, depending on the C library.
|
||
If an application can estimate the final size then `mpz_init2' or
|
||
`mpz_realloc2' can be called to allocate the necessary space from
|
||
the beginning (*note Initializing Integers::).
|
||
|
||
It doesn't matter if a size set with `mpz_init2' or `mpz_realloc2'
|
||
is too small, since all functions will do a further reallocation
|
||
if necessary. Badly overestimating memory required will waste
|
||
space though.
|
||
|
||
`2exp' Functions
|
||
It's up to an application to call functions like `mpz_mul_2exp'
|
||
when appropriate. General purpose functions like `mpz_mul' make
|
||
no attempt to identify powers of two or other special forms,
|
||
because such inputs will usually be very rare and testing every
|
||
time would be wasteful.
|
||
|
||
`ui' and `si' Functions
|
||
The `ui' functions and the small number of `si' functions exist for
|
||
convenience and should be used where applicable. But if for
|
||
example an `mpz_t' contains a value that fits in an `unsigned
|
||
long' there's no need extract it and call a `ui' function, just
|
||
use the regular `mpz' function.
|
||
|
||
In-Place Operations
|
||
`mpz_abs', `mpq_abs', `mpf_abs', `mpz_neg', `mpq_neg' and
|
||
`mpf_neg' are fast when used for in-place operations like
|
||
`mpz_abs(x,x)', since in the current implementation only a single
|
||
field of `x' needs changing. On suitable compilers (GCC for
|
||
instance) this is inlined too.
|
||
|
||
`mpz_add_ui', `mpz_sub_ui', `mpf_add_ui' and `mpf_sub_ui' benefit
|
||
from an in-place operation like `mpz_add_ui(x,x,y)', since usually
|
||
only one or two limbs of `x' will need to be changed. The same
|
||
applies to the full precision `mpz_add' etc if `y' is small. If
|
||
`y' is big then cache locality may be helped, but that's all.
|
||
|
||
`mpz_mul' is currently the opposite, a separate destination is
|
||
slightly better. A call like `mpz_mul(x,x,y)' will, unless `y' is
|
||
only one limb, make a temporary copy of `x' before forming the
|
||
result. Normally that copying will only be a tiny fraction of the
|
||
time for the multiply, so this is not a particularly important
|
||
consideration.
|
||
|
||
`mpz_set', `mpq_set', `mpq_set_num', `mpf_set', etc, make no
|
||
attempt to recognise a copy of something to itself, so a call like
|
||
`mpz_set(x,x)' will be wasteful. Naturally that would never be
|
||
written deliberately, but if it might arise from two pointers to
|
||
the same object then a test to avoid it might be desirable.
|
||
|
||
if (x != y)
|
||
mpz_set (x, y);
|
||
|
||
Note that it's never worth introducing extra `mpz_set' calls just
|
||
to get in-place operations. If a result should go to a particular
|
||
variable then just direct it there and let MPIR take care of data
|
||
movement.
|
||
|
||
Divisibility Testing (Small Integers)
|
||
`mpz_divisible_ui_p' and `mpz_congruent_ui_p' are the best
|
||
functions for testing whether an `mpz_t' is divisible by an
|
||
individual small integer. They use an algorithm which is faster
|
||
than `mpz_tdiv_ui', but which gives no useful information about
|
||
the actual remainder, only whether it's zero (or a particular
|
||
value).
|
||
|
||
However when testing divisibility by several small integers, it's
|
||
best to take a remainder modulo their product, to save
|
||
multi-precision operations. For instance to test whether a number
|
||
is divisible by any of 23, 29 or 31 take a remainder modulo
|
||
23*29*31 = 20677 and then test that.
|
||
|
||
The division functions like `mpz_tdiv_q_ui' which give a quotient
|
||
as well as a remainder are generally a little slower than the
|
||
remainder-only functions like `mpz_tdiv_ui'. If the quotient is
|
||
only rarely wanted then it's probably best to just take a
|
||
remainder and then go back and calculate the quotient if and when
|
||
it's wanted (`mpz_divexact_ui' can be used if the remainder is
|
||
zero).
|
||
|
||
Rational Arithmetic
|
||
The `mpq' functions operate on `mpq_t' values with no common
|
||
factors in the numerator and denominator. Common factors are
|
||
checked-for and cast out as necessary. In general, cancelling
|
||
factors every time is the best approach since it minimizes the
|
||
sizes for subsequent operations.
|
||
|
||
However, applications that know something about the factorization
|
||
of the values they're working with might be able to avoid some of
|
||
the GCDs used for canonicalization, or swap them for divisions.
|
||
For example when multiplying by a prime it's enough to check for
|
||
factors of it in the denominator instead of doing a full GCD. Or
|
||
when forming a big product it might be known that very little
|
||
cancellation will be possible, and so canonicalization can be left
|
||
to the end.
|
||
|
||
The `mpq_numref' and `mpq_denref' macros give access to the
|
||
numerator and denominator to do things outside the scope of the
|
||
supplied `mpq' functions. *Note Applying Integer Functions::.
|
||
|
||
The canonical form for rationals allows mixed-type `mpq_t' and
|
||
integer additions or subtractions to be done directly with
|
||
multiples of the denominator. This will be somewhat faster than
|
||
`mpq_add'. For example,
|
||
|
||
/* mpq increment */
|
||
mpz_add (mpq_numref(q), mpq_numref(q), mpq_denref(q));
|
||
|
||
/* mpq += unsigned long */
|
||
mpz_addmul_ui (mpq_numref(q), mpq_denref(q), 123UL);
|
||
|
||
/* mpq -= mpz */
|
||
mpz_submul (mpq_numref(q), mpq_denref(q), z);
|
||
|
||
Number Sequences
|
||
Functions like `mpz_fac_ui', `mpz_fib_ui' and `mpz_bin_uiui' are
|
||
designed for calculating isolated values. If a range of values is
|
||
wanted it's probably best to call to get a starting point and
|
||
iterate from there.
|
||
|
||
Text Input/Output
|
||
Hexadecimal or octal are suggested for input or output in text
|
||
form. Power-of-2 bases like these can be converted much more
|
||
efficiently than other bases, like decimal. For big numbers
|
||
there's usually nothing of particular interest to be seen in the
|
||
digits, so the base doesn't matter much.
|
||
|
||
Maybe we can hope octal will one day become the normal base for
|
||
everyday use, as proposed by King Charles XII of Sweden and later
|
||
reformers.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Debugging, Next: Profiling, Prev: Efficiency, Up: MPIR Basics
|
||
|
||
3.12 Debugging
|
||
==============
|
||
|
||
Stack Overflow
|
||
Depending on the system, a segmentation violation or bus error
|
||
might be the only indication of stack overflow. See
|
||
`--enable-alloca' choices in *note Build Options::, for how to
|
||
address this.
|
||
|
||
In new enough versions of GCC, `-fstack-check' may be able to
|
||
ensure an overflow is recognised by the system before too much
|
||
damage is done, or `-fstack-limit-symbol' or
|
||
`-fstack-limit-register' may be able to add checking if the system
|
||
itself doesn't do any (*note Options for Code Generation:
|
||
(gcc)Code Gen Options.). These options must be added to the
|
||
`CFLAGS' used in the MPIR build (*note Build Options::), adding
|
||
them just to an application will have no effect. Note also
|
||
they're a slowdown, adding overhead to each function call and each
|
||
stack allocation.
|
||
|
||
Heap Problems
|
||
The most likely cause of application problems with MPIR is heap
|
||
corruption. Failing to `init' MPIR variables will have
|
||
unpredictable effects, and corruption arising elsewhere in a
|
||
program may well affect MPIR. Initializing MPIR variables more
|
||
than once or failing to clear them will cause memory leaks.
|
||
|
||
In all such cases a `malloc' debugger is recommended. On a GNU or
|
||
BSD system the standard C library `malloc' has some diagnostic
|
||
facilities, see *note Allocation Debugging: (libc)Allocation
|
||
Debugging, or `man 3 malloc'. Other possibilities, in no
|
||
particular order, include
|
||
|
||
`http://www.inf.ethz.ch/personal/biere/projects/ccmalloc/'
|
||
`http://dmalloc.com/'
|
||
`http://www.perens.com/FreeSoftware/' (electric fence)
|
||
`http://packages.debian.org/fda'
|
||
`http://www.gnupdate.org/components/leakbug/'
|
||
`http://people.redhat.com/~otaylor/memprof/'
|
||
`http://www.cbmamiga.demon.co.uk/mpatrol/'
|
||
|
||
The MPIR default allocation routines in `memory.c' also have a
|
||
simple sentinel scheme which can be enabled with `#define DEBUG'
|
||
in that file. This is mainly designed for detecting buffer
|
||
overruns during MPIR development, but might find other uses.
|
||
|
||
Stack Backtraces
|
||
On some systems the compiler options MPIR uses by default can
|
||
interfere with debugging. In particular on x86 and 68k systems
|
||
`-fomit-frame-pointer' is used and this generally inhibits stack
|
||
backtracing. Recompiling without such options may help while
|
||
debugging, though the usual caveats about it potentially moving a
|
||
memory problem or hiding a compiler bug will apply.
|
||
|
||
GDB, the GNU Debugger
|
||
A sample `.gdbinit' is included in the distribution, showing how
|
||
to call some undocumented dump functions to print MPIR variables
|
||
from within GDB. Note that these functions shouldn't be used in
|
||
final application code since they're undocumented and may be
|
||
subject to incompatible changes in future versions of MPIR.
|
||
|
||
Source File Paths
|
||
MPIR has multiple source files with the same name, in different
|
||
directories. For example `mpz', `mpq' and `mpf' each have an
|
||
`init.c'. If the debugger can't already determine the right one
|
||
it may help to build with absolute paths on each C file. One way
|
||
to do that is to use a separate object directory with an absolute
|
||
path to the source directory.
|
||
|
||
cd /my/build/dir
|
||
/my/source/dir/gmp-1.3.0/configure
|
||
|
||
This works via `VPATH', and might require GNU `make'. Alternately
|
||
it might be possible to change the `.c.lo' rules appropriately.
|
||
|
||
Assertion Checking
|
||
The build option `--enable-assert' is available to add some
|
||
consistency checks to the library (see *note Build Options::).
|
||
These are likely to be of limited value to most applications.
|
||
Assertion failures are just as likely to indicate memory
|
||
corruption as a library or compiler bug.
|
||
|
||
Applications using the low-level `mpn' functions, however, will
|
||
benefit from `--enable-assert' since it adds checks on the
|
||
parameters of most such functions, many of which have subtle
|
||
restrictions on their usage. Note however that only the generic C
|
||
code has checks, not the assembler code, so CPU `none' should be
|
||
used for maximum checking.
|
||
|
||
Temporary Memory Checking
|
||
The build option `--enable-alloca=debug' arranges that each block
|
||
of temporary memory in MPIR is allocated with a separate call to
|
||
`malloc' (or the allocation function set with
|
||
`mp_set_memory_functions').
|
||
|
||
This can help a malloc debugger detect accesses outside the
|
||
intended bounds, or detect memory not released. In a normal
|
||
build, on the other hand, temporary memory is allocated in blocks
|
||
which MPIR divides up for its own use, or may be allocated with a
|
||
compiler builtin `alloca' which will go nowhere near any malloc
|
||
debugger hooks.
|
||
|
||
Maximum Debuggability
|
||
To summarize the above, an MPIR build for maximum debuggability
|
||
would be
|
||
|
||
./configure --disable-shared --enable-assert \
|
||
--enable-alloca=debug --host=none CFLAGS=-g
|
||
|
||
For C++, add `--enable-cxx CXXFLAGS=-g'.
|
||
|
||
Checker
|
||
The GCC checker (`http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/checker/') can
|
||
be used with MPIR. It contains a stub library which means MPIR
|
||
applications compiled with checker can use a normal MPIR build.
|
||
|
||
A build of MPIR with checking within MPIR itself can be made.
|
||
This will run very very slowly. On GNU/Linux for example,
|
||
|
||
./configure --host=none-pc-linux-gnu CC=checkergcc
|
||
|
||
`--host=none' must be used, since the MPIR assembler code doesn't
|
||
support the checking scheme. The MPIR C++ features cannot be
|
||
used, since current versions of checker (0.9.9.1) don't yet
|
||
support the standard C++ library.
|
||
|
||
Valgrind
|
||
The valgrind program (`http://valgrind.org/') is a memory checker
|
||
for x86s. It translates and emulates machine instructions to do
|
||
strong checks for uninitialized data (at the level of individual
|
||
bits), memory accesses through bad pointers, and memory leaks.
|
||
|
||
Recent versions of Valgrind are getting support for MMX and
|
||
SSE/SSE2 instructions, for past versions MPIR will need to be
|
||
configured not to use those, ie. for an x86 without them (for
|
||
instance plain `i486').
|
||
|
||
Other Problems
|
||
Any suspected bug in MPIR itself should be isolated to make sure
|
||
it's not an application problem, see *note Reporting Bugs::.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Profiling, Next: Autoconf, Prev: Debugging, Up: MPIR Basics
|
||
|
||
3.13 Profiling
|
||
==============
|
||
|
||
Running a program under a profiler is a good way to find where it's
|
||
spending most time and where improvements can be best sought. The
|
||
profiling choices for a MPIR build are as follows.
|
||
|
||
`--disable-profiling'
|
||
The default is to add nothing special for profiling.
|
||
|
||
It should be possible to just compile the mainline of a program
|
||
with `-p' and use `prof' to get a profile consisting of
|
||
timer-based sampling of the program counter. Most of the MPIR
|
||
assembler code has the necessary symbol information.
|
||
|
||
This approach has the advantage of minimizing interference with
|
||
normal program operation, but on most systems the resolution of
|
||
the sampling is quite low (10 milliseconds for instance),
|
||
requiring long runs to get accurate information.
|
||
|
||
`--enable-profiling=prof'
|
||
Build with support for the system `prof', which means `-p' added
|
||
to the `CFLAGS'.
|
||
|
||
This provides call counting in addition to program counter
|
||
sampling, which allows the most frequently called routines to be
|
||
identified, and an average time spent in each routine to be
|
||
determined.
|
||
|
||
The x86 assembler code has support for this option, but on other
|
||
processors the assembler routines will be as if compiled without
|
||
`-p' and therefore won't appear in the call counts.
|
||
|
||
On some systems, such as GNU/Linux, `-p' in fact means `-pg' and in
|
||
this case `--enable-profiling=gprof' described below should be used
|
||
instead.
|
||
|
||
`--enable-profiling=gprof'
|
||
Build with support for `gprof' (*note GNU gprof: (gprof)Top.),
|
||
which means `-pg' added to the `CFLAGS'.
|
||
|
||
This provides call graph construction in addition to call counting
|
||
and program counter sampling, which makes it possible to count
|
||
calls coming from different locations. For example the number of
|
||
calls to `mpn_mul' from `mpz_mul' versus the number from
|
||
`mpf_mul'. The program counter sampling is still flat though, so
|
||
only a total time in `mpn_mul' would be accumulated, not a
|
||
separate amount for each call site.
|
||
|
||
The x86 assembler code has support for this option, but on other
|
||
processors the assembler routines will be as if compiled without
|
||
`-pg' and therefore not be included in the call counts.
|
||
|
||
On x86 and m68k systems `-pg' and `-fomit-frame-pointer' are
|
||
incompatible, so the latter is omitted from the default flags in
|
||
that case, which might result in poorer code generation.
|
||
|
||
Incidentally, it should be possible to use the `gprof' program
|
||
with a plain `--enable-profiling=prof' build. But in that case
|
||
only the `gprof -p' flat profile and call counts can be expected
|
||
to be valid, not the `gprof -q' call graph.
|
||
|
||
`--enable-profiling=instrument'
|
||
Build with the GCC option `-finstrument-functions' added to the
|
||
`CFLAGS' (*note Options for Code Generation: (gcc)Code Gen
|
||
Options.).
|
||
|
||
This inserts special instrumenting calls at the start and end of
|
||
each function, allowing exact timing and full call graph
|
||
construction.
|
||
|
||
This instrumenting is not normally a standard system feature and
|
||
will require support from an external library, such as
|
||
|
||
`http://sourceforge.net/projects/fnccheck/'
|
||
|
||
This should be included in `LIBS' during the MPIR configure so
|
||
that test programs will link. For example,
|
||
|
||
./configure --enable-profiling=instrument LIBS=-lfc
|
||
|
||
On a GNU system the C library provides dummy instrumenting
|
||
functions, so programs compiled with this option will link. In
|
||
this case it's only necessary to ensure the correct library is
|
||
added when linking an application.
|
||
|
||
The x86 assembler code supports this option, but on other
|
||
processors the assembler routines will be as if compiled without
|
||
`-finstrument-functions' meaning time spent in them will
|
||
effectively be attributed to their caller.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Autoconf, Next: Emacs, Prev: Profiling, Up: MPIR Basics
|
||
|
||
3.14 Autoconf
|
||
=============
|
||
|
||
Autoconf based applications can easily check whether MPIR is installed.
|
||
The only thing to be noted is that GMP/MPIR library symbols from
|
||
version 3 of GMP and version 1 of MPIR onwards have prefixes like
|
||
`__gmpz'. The following therefore would be a simple test,
|
||
|
||
AC_CHECK_LIB(mpir, __gmpz_init)
|
||
|
||
This just uses the default `AC_CHECK_LIB' actions for found or not
|
||
found, but an application that must have MPIR would want to generate an
|
||
error if not found. For example,
|
||
|
||
AC_CHECK_LIB(mpir, __gmpz_init, ,
|
||
[AC_MSG_ERROR([MPIR not found, see http://www.mpir.org/])])
|
||
|
||
If functions added in some particular version of GMP/MPIR are
|
||
required, then one of those can be used when checking. For example
|
||
`mpz_mul_si' was added in GMP 3.1,
|
||
|
||
AC_CHECK_LIB(mpir, __gmpz_mul_si, ,
|
||
[AC_MSG_ERROR(
|
||
[GMP/MPIR not found, or not GMP 3.1 or up or MPIR 1.0 or up, see http://www.mpir.org/])])
|
||
|
||
An alternative would be to test the version number in `mpir.h' using
|
||
say `AC_EGREP_CPP'. That would make it possible to test the exact
|
||
version, if some particular sub-minor release is known to be necessary.
|
||
|
||
In general it's recommended that applications should simply demand a
|
||
new enough MPIR rather than trying to provide supplements for features
|
||
not available in past versions.
|
||
|
||
Occasionally an application will need or want to know the size of a
|
||
type at configuration or preprocessing time, not just with `sizeof' in
|
||
the code. This can be done in the normal way with `mp_limb_t' etc, but
|
||
GMP 4.0 or up and MPIR 1.0 and up is best for this, since prior
|
||
versions needed certain `-D' defines on systems using a `long long'
|
||
limb. The following would suit Autoconf 2.50 or up,
|
||
|
||
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(mp_limb_t, , [#include <mpir.h>])
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Emacs, Prev: Autoconf, Up: MPIR Basics
|
||
|
||
3.15 Emacs
|
||
==========
|
||
|
||
<C-h C-i> (`info-lookup-symbol') is a good way to find documentation on
|
||
C functions while editing (*note Info Documentation Lookup: (emacs)Info
|
||
Lookup.).
|
||
|
||
The MPIR manual can be included in such lookups by putting the
|
||
following in your `.emacs',
|
||
|
||
(eval-after-load "info-look"
|
||
'(let ((mode-value (assoc 'c-mode (assoc 'symbol info-lookup-alist))))
|
||
(setcar (nthcdr 3 mode-value)
|
||
(cons '("(gmp)Function Index" nil "^ -.* " "\\>")
|
||
(nth 3 mode-value)))))
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Reporting Bugs, Next: Integer Functions, Prev: MPIR Basics, Up: Top
|
||
|
||
4 Reporting Bugs
|
||
****************
|
||
|
||
If you think you have found a bug in the MPIR library, please
|
||
investigate it and report it. We have made this library available to
|
||
you, and it is not too much to ask you to report the bugs you find.
|
||
|
||
Before you report a bug, check it's not already addressed in *note
|
||
Known Build Problems::, or perhaps *note Notes for Particular
|
||
Systems::. You may also want to check `http://www.mpir.org/' for
|
||
patches for this release.
|
||
|
||
Please include the following in any report,
|
||
|
||
* The MPIR version number, and if pre-packaged or patched then say
|
||
so.
|
||
|
||
* A test program that makes it possible for us to reproduce the bug.
|
||
Include instructions on how to run the program.
|
||
|
||
* A description of what is wrong. If the results are incorrect, in
|
||
what way. If you get a crash, say so.
|
||
|
||
* If you get a crash, include a stack backtrace from the debugger if
|
||
it's informative (`where' in `gdb', or `$C' in `adb').
|
||
|
||
* Please do not send core dumps, executables or `strace's.
|
||
|
||
* The configuration options you used when building MPIR, if any.
|
||
|
||
* The name of the compiler and its version. For `gcc', get the
|
||
version with `gcc -v', otherwise perhaps `what `which cc`', or
|
||
similar.
|
||
|
||
* The output from running `uname -a'.
|
||
|
||
* The output from running `./config.guess', and from running
|
||
`./configfsf.guess' (might be the same).
|
||
|
||
* If the bug is related to `configure', then the contents of
|
||
`config.log'.
|
||
|
||
* If the bug is related to an `asm' file not assembling, then the
|
||
contents of `config.m4' and the offending line or lines from the
|
||
temporary `mpn/tmp-<file>.s'.
|
||
|
||
Please make an effort to produce a self-contained report, with
|
||
something definite that can be tested or debugged. Vague queries or
|
||
piecemeal messages are difficult to act on and don't help the
|
||
development effort.
|
||
|
||
It is not uncommon that an observed problem is actually due to a bug
|
||
in the compiler; the MPIR code tends to explore interesting corners in
|
||
compilers.
|
||
|
||
If your bug report is good, we will do our best to help you get a
|
||
corrected version of the library; if the bug report is poor, we won't
|
||
do anything about it (except maybe ask you to send a better report).
|
||
|
||
Send your report to: `http://groups.google.com/group/mpir-devel'.
|
||
|
||
If you think something in this manual is unclear, or downright
|
||
incorrect, or if the language needs to be improved, please send a note
|
||
to the same address.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Integer Functions, Next: Rational Number Functions, Prev: Reporting Bugs, Up: Top
|
||
|
||
5 Integer Functions
|
||
*******************
|
||
|
||
This chapter describes the MPIR functions for performing integer
|
||
arithmetic. These functions start with the prefix `mpz_'.
|
||
|
||
MPIR integers are stored in objects of type `mpz_t'.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Initializing Integers::
|
||
* Assigning Integers::
|
||
* Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign::
|
||
* Converting Integers::
|
||
* Integer Arithmetic::
|
||
* Integer Division::
|
||
* Integer Exponentiation::
|
||
* Integer Roots::
|
||
* Number Theoretic Functions::
|
||
* Integer Comparisons::
|
||
* Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling::
|
||
* I/O of Integers::
|
||
* Integer Random Numbers::
|
||
* Integer Import and Export::
|
||
* Miscellaneous Integer Functions::
|
||
* Integer Special Functions::
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Initializing Integers, Next: Assigning Integers, Prev: Integer Functions, Up: Integer Functions
|
||
|
||
5.1 Initialization Functions
|
||
============================
|
||
|
||
The functions for integer arithmetic assume that all integer objects are
|
||
initialized. You do that by calling the function `mpz_init'. For
|
||
example,
|
||
|
||
{
|
||
mpz_t integ;
|
||
mpz_init (integ);
|
||
...
|
||
mpz_add (integ, ...);
|
||
...
|
||
mpz_sub (integ, ...);
|
||
|
||
/* Unless the program is about to exit, do ... */
|
||
mpz_clear (integ);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
As you can see, you can store new values any number of times, once an
|
||
object is initialized.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_init (mpz_t INTEGER)
|
||
Initialize INTEGER, and set its value to 0.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_init2 (mpz_t INTEGER, unsigned long N)
|
||
Initialize INTEGER, with space for N bits, and set its value to 0.
|
||
|
||
N is only the initial space, INTEGER will grow automatically in
|
||
the normal way, if necessary, for subsequent values stored.
|
||
`mpz_init2' makes it possible to avoid such reallocations if a
|
||
maximum size is known in advance.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_clear (mpz_t INTEGER)
|
||
Free the space occupied by INTEGER. Call this function for all
|
||
`mpz_t' variables when you are done with them.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_realloc2 (mpz_t INTEGER, unsigned long N)
|
||
Change the space allocated for INTEGER to N bits. The value in
|
||
INTEGER is preserved if it fits, or is set to 0 if not.
|
||
|
||
This function can be used to increase the space for a variable in
|
||
order to avoid repeated automatic reallocations, or to decrease it
|
||
to give memory back to the heap.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Assigning Integers, Next: Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign, Prev: Initializing Integers, Up: Integer Functions
|
||
|
||
5.2 Assignment Functions
|
||
========================
|
||
|
||
These functions assign new values to already initialized integers
|
||
(*note Initializing Integers::).
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_set (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_set_ui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_set_si (mpz_t ROP, signed long int OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_set_d (mpz_t ROP, double OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_set_q (mpz_t ROP, mpq_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_set_f (mpz_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
|
||
Set the value of ROP from OP.
|
||
|
||
`mpz_set_d', `mpz_set_q' and `mpz_set_f' truncate OP to make it an
|
||
integer.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_set_str (mpz_t ROP, char *STR, int BASE)
|
||
Set the value of ROP from STR, a null-terminated C string in base
|
||
BASE. White space is allowed in the string, and is simply ignored.
|
||
|
||
The BASE may vary from 2 to 62, or if BASE is 0, then the leading
|
||
characters are used: `0x' and `0X' for hexadecimal, `0b' and `0B'
|
||
for binary, `0' for octal, or decimal otherwise.
|
||
|
||
For bases up to 36, case is ignored; upper-case and lower-case
|
||
letters have the same value. For bases 37 to 62, upper-case
|
||
letter represent the usual 10..35 while lower-case letter
|
||
represent 36..61.
|
||
|
||
This function returns 0 if the entire string is a valid number in
|
||
base BASE. Otherwise it returns -1.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_swap (mpz_t ROP1, mpz_t ROP2)
|
||
Swap the values ROP1 and ROP2 efficiently.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign, Next: Converting Integers, Prev: Assigning Integers, Up: Integer Functions
|
||
|
||
5.3 Combined Initialization and Assignment Functions
|
||
====================================================
|
||
|
||
For convenience, MPIR provides a parallel series of initialize-and-set
|
||
functions which initialize the output and then store the value there.
|
||
These functions' names have the form `mpz_init_set...'
|
||
|
||
Here is an example of using one:
|
||
|
||
{
|
||
mpz_t pie;
|
||
mpz_init_set_str (pie, "3141592653589793238462643383279502884", 10);
|
||
...
|
||
mpz_sub (pie, ...);
|
||
...
|
||
mpz_clear (pie);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Once the integer has been initialized by any of the `mpz_init_set...'
|
||
functions, it can be used as the source or destination operand for the
|
||
ordinary integer functions. Don't use an initialize-and-set function
|
||
on a variable already initialized!
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_init_set (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_init_set_ui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_init_set_si (mpz_t ROP, signed long int OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_init_set_d (mpz_t ROP, double OP)
|
||
Initialize ROP with limb space and set the initial numeric value
|
||
from OP.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_init_set_str (mpz_t ROP, char *STR, int BASE)
|
||
Initialize ROP and set its value like `mpz_set_str' (see its
|
||
documentation above for details).
|
||
|
||
If the string is a correct base BASE number, the function returns
|
||
0; if an error occurs it returns -1. ROP is initialized even if
|
||
an error occurs. (I.e., you have to call `mpz_clear' for it.)
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Converting Integers, Next: Integer Arithmetic, Prev: Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign, Up: Integer Functions
|
||
|
||
5.4 Conversion Functions
|
||
========================
|
||
|
||
This section describes functions for converting MPIR integers to
|
||
standard C types. Functions for converting _to_ MPIR integers are
|
||
described in *note Assigning Integers:: and *note I/O of Integers::.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpz_get_ui (mpz_t OP)
|
||
Return the value of OP as an `unsigned long'.
|
||
|
||
If OP is too big to fit an `unsigned long' then just the least
|
||
significant bits that do fit are returned. The sign of OP is
|
||
ignored, only the absolute value is used.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: signed long int mpz_get_si (mpz_t OP)
|
||
If OP fits into a `signed long int' return the value of OP.
|
||
Otherwise return the least significant part of OP, with the same
|
||
sign as OP.
|
||
|
||
If OP is too big to fit in a `signed long int', the returned
|
||
result is probably not very useful. To find out if the value will
|
||
fit, use the function `mpz_fits_slong_p'.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: double mpz_get_d (mpz_t OP)
|
||
Convert OP to a `double', truncating if necessary (ie. rounding
|
||
towards zero).
|
||
|
||
If the exponent from the conversion is too big, the result is
|
||
system dependent. An infinity is returned where available. A
|
||
hardware overflow trap may or may not occur.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: double mpz_get_d_2exp (signed long int *EXP, mpz_t OP)
|
||
Convert OP to a `double', truncating if necessary (ie. rounding
|
||
towards zero), and returning the exponent separately.
|
||
|
||
The return value is in the range 0.5<=abs(D)<1 and the exponent is
|
||
stored to `*EXP'. D * 2^EXP is the (truncated) OP value. If OP
|
||
is zero, the return is 0.0 and 0 is stored to `*EXP'.
|
||
|
||
This is similar to the standard C `frexp' function (*note
|
||
Normalization Functions: (libc)Normalization Functions.).
|
||
|
||
-- Function: char * mpz_get_str (char *STR, int BASE, mpz_t OP)
|
||
Convert OP to a string of digits in base BASE. The base may vary
|
||
from 2 to 36.
|
||
|
||
If STR is `NULL', the result string is allocated using the current
|
||
allocation function (*note Custom Allocation::). The block will be
|
||
`strlen(str)+1' bytes, that being exactly enough for the string and
|
||
null-terminator.
|
||
|
||
If STR is not `NULL', it should point to a block of storage large
|
||
enough for the result, that being `mpz_sizeinbase (OP, BASE) + 2'.
|
||
The two extra bytes are for a possible minus sign, and the
|
||
null-terminator.
|
||
|
||
A pointer to the result string is returned, being either the
|
||
allocated block, or the given STR.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Integer Arithmetic, Next: Integer Division, Prev: Converting Integers, Up: Integer Functions
|
||
|
||
5.5 Arithmetic Functions
|
||
========================
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_add (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_add_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, unsigned long int
|
||
OP2)
|
||
Set ROP to OP1 + OP2.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_sub (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_sub_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, unsigned long int
|
||
OP2)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_ui_sub (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int OP1, mpz_t
|
||
OP2)
|
||
Set ROP to OP1 - OP2.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_mul (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_mul_si (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, long int OP2)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_mul_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, unsigned long int
|
||
OP2)
|
||
Set ROP to OP1 times OP2.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_addmul (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_addmul_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, unsigned long
|
||
int OP2)
|
||
Set ROP to ROP + OP1 times OP2.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_submul (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_submul_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, unsigned long
|
||
int OP2)
|
||
Set ROP to ROP - OP1 times OP2.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_mul_2exp (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, unsigned long
|
||
int OP2)
|
||
Set ROP to OP1 times 2 raised to OP2. This operation can also be
|
||
defined as a left shift by OP2 bits.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_neg (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
|
||
Set ROP to -OP.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_abs (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
|
||
Set ROP to the absolute value of OP.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Integer Division, Next: Integer Exponentiation, Prev: Integer Arithmetic, Up: Integer Functions
|
||
|
||
5.6 Division Functions
|
||
======================
|
||
|
||
Division is undefined if the divisor is zero. Passing a zero divisor
|
||
to the division or modulo functions (including the modular powering
|
||
functions `mpz_powm' and `mpz_powm_ui'), will cause an intentional
|
||
division by zero. This lets a program handle arithmetic exceptions in
|
||
these functions the same way as for normal C `int' arithmetic.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_cdiv_q (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_cdiv_r (mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_cdiv_qr (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpz_cdiv_q_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N,
|
||
unsigned long int D)
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpz_cdiv_r_ui (mpz_t R, mpz_t N,
|
||
unsigned long int D)
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpz_cdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R,
|
||
mpz_t N, unsigned long int D)
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpz_cdiv_ui (mpz_t N,
|
||
unsigned long int D)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_cdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N,
|
||
unsigned long int B)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_cdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t R, mpz_t N,
|
||
unsigned long int B)
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_fdiv_q (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_fdiv_r (mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_fdiv_qr (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpz_fdiv_q_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N,
|
||
unsigned long int D)
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpz_fdiv_r_ui (mpz_t R, mpz_t N,
|
||
unsigned long int D)
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpz_fdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R,
|
||
mpz_t N, unsigned long int D)
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpz_fdiv_ui (mpz_t N,
|
||
unsigned long int D)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_fdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N,
|
||
unsigned long int B)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_fdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t R, mpz_t N,
|
||
unsigned long int B)
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_tdiv_q (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_tdiv_r (mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_tdiv_qr (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpz_tdiv_q_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N,
|
||
unsigned long int D)
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpz_tdiv_r_ui (mpz_t R, mpz_t N,
|
||
unsigned long int D)
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpz_tdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R,
|
||
mpz_t N, unsigned long int D)
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpz_tdiv_ui (mpz_t N,
|
||
unsigned long int D)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_tdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N,
|
||
unsigned long int B)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_tdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t R, mpz_t N,
|
||
unsigned long int B)
|
||
|
||
Divide N by D, forming a quotient Q and/or remainder R. For the
|
||
`2exp' functions, D=2^B. The rounding is in three styles, each
|
||
suiting different applications.
|
||
|
||
* `cdiv' rounds Q up towards +infinity, and R will have the
|
||
opposite sign to D. The `c' stands for "ceil".
|
||
|
||
* `fdiv' rounds Q down towards -infinity, and R will have the
|
||
same sign as D. The `f' stands for "floor".
|
||
|
||
* `tdiv' rounds Q towards zero, and R will have the same sign
|
||
as N. The `t' stands for "truncate".
|
||
|
||
In all cases Q and R will satisfy N=Q*D+R, and R will satisfy
|
||
0<=abs(R)<abs(D).
|
||
|
||
The `q' functions calculate only the quotient, the `r' functions
|
||
only the remainder, and the `qr' functions calculate both. Note
|
||
that for `qr' the same variable cannot be passed for both Q and R,
|
||
or results will be unpredictable.
|
||
|
||
For the `ui' variants the return value is the remainder, and in
|
||
fact returning the remainder is all the `div_ui' functions do. For
|
||
`tdiv' and `cdiv' the remainder can be negative, so for those the
|
||
return value is the absolute value of the remainder.
|
||
|
||
For the `2exp' variants the divisor is 2^B. These functions are
|
||
implemented as right shifts and bit masks, but of course they
|
||
round the same as the other functions.
|
||
|
||
For positive N both `mpz_fdiv_q_2exp' and `mpz_tdiv_q_2exp' are
|
||
simple bitwise right shifts. For negative N, `mpz_fdiv_q_2exp' is
|
||
effectively an arithmetic right shift treating N as twos complement
|
||
the same as the bitwise logical functions do, whereas
|
||
`mpz_tdiv_q_2exp' effectively treats N as sign and magnitude.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_mod (mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpz_mod_ui (mpz_t R, mpz_t N,
|
||
unsigned long int D)
|
||
Set R to N `mod' D. The sign of the divisor is ignored; the
|
||
result is always non-negative.
|
||
|
||
`mpz_mod_ui' is identical to `mpz_fdiv_r_ui' above, returning the
|
||
remainder as well as setting R. See `mpz_fdiv_ui' above if only
|
||
the return value is wanted.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_divexact (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_divexact_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N, unsigned long D)
|
||
Set Q to N/D. These functions produce correct results only when
|
||
it is known in advance that D divides N.
|
||
|
||
These routines are much faster than the other division functions,
|
||
and are the best choice when exact division is known to occur, for
|
||
example reducing a rational to lowest terms.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_divisible_p (mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_divisible_ui_p (mpz_t N, unsigned long int D)
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_divisible_2exp_p (mpz_t N, unsigned long int B)
|
||
Return non-zero if N is exactly divisible by D, or in the case of
|
||
`mpz_divisible_2exp_p' by 2^B.
|
||
|
||
N is divisible by D if there exists an integer Q satisfying N =
|
||
Q*D. Unlike the other division functions, D=0 is accepted and
|
||
following the rule it can be seen that only 0 is considered
|
||
divisible by 0.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_congruent_p (mpz_t N, mpz_t C, mpz_t D)
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_congruent_ui_p (mpz_t N, unsigned long int C,
|
||
unsigned long int D)
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_congruent_2exp_p (mpz_t N, mpz_t C, unsigned long
|
||
int B)
|
||
Return non-zero if N is congruent to C modulo D, or in the case of
|
||
`mpz_congruent_2exp_p' modulo 2^B.
|
||
|
||
N is congruent to C mod D if there exists an integer Q satisfying
|
||
N = C + Q*D. Unlike the other division functions, D=0 is accepted
|
||
and following the rule it can be seen that N and C are considered
|
||
congruent mod 0 only when exactly equal.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Integer Exponentiation, Next: Integer Roots, Prev: Integer Division, Up: Integer Functions
|
||
|
||
5.7 Exponentiation Functions
|
||
============================
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_powm (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t BASE, mpz_t EXP, mpz_t
|
||
MOD)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_powm_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t BASE, unsigned long
|
||
int EXP, mpz_t MOD)
|
||
Set ROP to (BASE raised to EXP) modulo MOD.
|
||
|
||
Negative EXP is supported if an inverse BASE^-1 mod MOD exists
|
||
(see `mpz_invert' in *note Number Theoretic Functions::). If an
|
||
inverse doesn't exist then a divide by zero is raised.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_pow_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t BASE, unsigned long int
|
||
EXP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_ui_pow_ui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int BASE,
|
||
unsigned long int EXP)
|
||
Set ROP to BASE raised to EXP. The case 0^0 yields 1.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Integer Roots, Next: Number Theoretic Functions, Prev: Integer Exponentiation, Up: Integer Functions
|
||
|
||
5.8 Root Extraction Functions
|
||
=============================
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_root (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP, unsigned long int N)
|
||
Set ROP to the truncated integer part of the Nth root of OP.
|
||
Return non-zero if the computation was exact, i.e., if OP is ROP
|
||
to the Nth power.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_nthroot (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP, unsigned long int
|
||
N)
|
||
Set ROP to the truncated integer part of the Nth root of OP.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_rootrem (mpz_t ROOT, mpz_t REM, mpz_t U,
|
||
unsigned long int N)
|
||
Set ROOT to the truncated integer part of the Nth root of U. Set
|
||
REM to the remainder, U-ROOT**N.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_sqrt (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
|
||
Set ROP to the truncated integer part of the square root of OP.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_sqrtrem (mpz_t ROP1, mpz_t ROP2, mpz_t OP)
|
||
Set ROP1 to the truncated integer part of the square root of OP,
|
||
like `mpz_sqrt'. Set ROP2 to the remainder OP-ROP1*ROP1, which
|
||
will be zero if OP is a perfect square.
|
||
|
||
If ROP1 and ROP2 are the same variable, the results are undefined.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_perfect_power_p (mpz_t OP)
|
||
Return non-zero if OP is a perfect power, i.e., if there exist
|
||
integers A and B, with B>1, such that OP equals A raised to the
|
||
power B.
|
||
|
||
Under this definition both 0 and 1 are considered to be perfect
|
||
powers. Negative values of OP are accepted, but of course can
|
||
only be odd perfect powers.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_perfect_square_p (mpz_t OP)
|
||
Return non-zero if OP is a perfect square, i.e., if the square
|
||
root of OP is an integer. Under this definition both 0 and 1 are
|
||
considered to be perfect squares.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Number Theoretic Functions, Next: Integer Comparisons, Prev: Integer Roots, Up: Integer Functions
|
||
|
||
5.9 Number Theoretic Functions
|
||
==============================
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_probable_prime_p (mpz_t N, gmp_randstate_t STATE,
|
||
int PROB, unsigned long DIV)
|
||
Determine whether N is a probable prime with the chance of error
|
||
being at most 1 in 2^prob. return value is 1 if N is probably
|
||
prime, or 0 if N is definitely composite.
|
||
|
||
This function does some trial divisions to speed up the average
|
||
case, then some probabilistic primality tests to achieve the
|
||
desired level of error.
|
||
|
||
DIV can be used to inform the function that trial division up to
|
||
DIV has already been performed on N and so N has NO divisors <=
|
||
DIV.
|
||
|
||
*This function interface is preliminary and may change in the
|
||
future.*
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_likely_prime_p (mpz_t N, gmp_randstate_t STATE,
|
||
unsigned long DIV)
|
||
Determine whether N is likely a prime, i.e. you can consider it a
|
||
prime for practical purposes. return value is 1 if N can be
|
||
considered prime, or 0 if N is definitely composite.
|
||
|
||
This function does some trial divisions to speed up the average
|
||
case, then some probabilistic primality tests. The term "likely"
|
||
refers to the fact that the number will not have small factors.
|
||
|
||
DIV can be used to inform the function that trial division up to
|
||
DIV has already been performed on N and so N has NO divisors <= DIV
|
||
|
||
*This function interface is preliminary and may change in the
|
||
future.*
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_probab_prime_p (mpz_t N, int REPS)
|
||
Determine whether N is prime. Return 2 if N is definitely prime,
|
||
return 1 if N is probably prime (without being certain), or return
|
||
0 if N is definitely composite.
|
||
|
||
This function does some trial divisions, then some Miller-Rabin
|
||
probabilistic primality tests. REPS controls how many such tests
|
||
are done, 5 to 10 is a reasonable number, more will reduce the
|
||
chances of a composite being returned as "probably prime".
|
||
|
||
Miller-Rabin and similar tests can be more properly called
|
||
compositeness tests. Numbers which fail are known to be composite
|
||
but those which pass might be prime or might be composite. Only a
|
||
few composites pass, hence those which pass are considered
|
||
probably prime.
|
||
|
||
*This function is obsolete. It will disappear from future MPIR
|
||
releases.*
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_nextprime (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
|
||
Set ROP to the next prime greater than OP.
|
||
|
||
This function uses a probabilistic algorithm to identify primes.
|
||
For practical purposes it's adequate, the chance of a composite
|
||
passing will be extremely small.
|
||
|
||
*This function is obsolete. It will disappear from future MPIR
|
||
releases.*
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_next_likely_prime (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP,
|
||
gmp_randstate_t STATE)
|
||
Set ROP to the next likely prime greater than OP.
|
||
|
||
This function uses a probabilistic algorithm to identify primes.
|
||
For practical purposes it's adequate, the chance of a composite
|
||
passing will be extremely small.
|
||
|
||
The variable STATE must be initialized by calling one of the
|
||
`gmp_randinit' functions (*note Random State Initialization::)
|
||
before invoking this function.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_gcd (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
|
||
Set ROP to the greatest common divisor of OP1 and OP2. The result
|
||
is always positive even if one or both input operands are negative.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpz_gcd_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1,
|
||
unsigned long int OP2)
|
||
Compute the greatest common divisor of OP1 and OP2. If ROP is not
|
||
`NULL', store the result there.
|
||
|
||
If the result is small enough to fit in an `unsigned long int', it
|
||
is returned. If the result does not fit, 0 is returned, and the
|
||
result is equal to the argument OP1. Note that the result will
|
||
always fit if OP2 is non-zero.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_gcdext (mpz_t G, mpz_t S, mpz_t T, mpz_t A,
|
||
mpz_t B)
|
||
Set G to the greatest common divisor of A and B, and in addition
|
||
set S and T to coefficients satisfying A*S + B*T = G. G is always
|
||
positive, even if one or both of A and B are negative.
|
||
|
||
If T is `NULL' then that value is not computed.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_lcm (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_lcm_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, unsigned long OP2)
|
||
Set ROP to the least common multiple of OP1 and OP2. ROP is
|
||
always positive, irrespective of the signs of OP1 and OP2. ROP
|
||
will be zero if either OP1 or OP2 is zero.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_invert (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
|
||
Compute the inverse of OP1 modulo OP2 and put the result in ROP.
|
||
If the inverse exists, the return value is non-zero and ROP will
|
||
satisfy 0 <= ROP < OP2. If an inverse doesn't exist the return
|
||
value is zero and ROP is undefined.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_jacobi (mpz_t A, mpz_t B)
|
||
Calculate the Jacobi symbol (A/B). This is defined only for B odd.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_legendre (mpz_t A, mpz_t P)
|
||
Calculate the Legendre symbol (A/P). This is defined only for P
|
||
an odd positive prime, and for such P it's identical to the Jacobi
|
||
symbol.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_kronecker (mpz_t A, mpz_t B)
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_kronecker_si (mpz_t A, long B)
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_kronecker_ui (mpz_t A, unsigned long B)
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_si_kronecker (long A, mpz_t B)
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_ui_kronecker (unsigned long A, mpz_t B)
|
||
Calculate the Jacobi symbol (A/B) with the Kronecker extension
|
||
(a/2)=(2/a) when a odd, or (a/2)=0 when a even.
|
||
|
||
When B is odd the Jacobi symbol and Kronecker symbol are
|
||
identical, so `mpz_kronecker_ui' etc can be used for mixed
|
||
precision Jacobi symbols too.
|
||
|
||
For more information see Henri Cohen section 1.4.2 (*note
|
||
References::), or any number theory textbook. See also the
|
||
example program `demos/qcn.c' which uses `mpz_kronecker_ui'.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpz_remove (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP, mpz_t
|
||
F)
|
||
Remove all occurrences of the factor F from OP and store the
|
||
result in ROP. The return value is how many such occurrences were
|
||
removed.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_fac_ui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int OP)
|
||
Set ROP to OP!, the factorial of OP.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_bin_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t N, unsigned long int K)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_bin_uiui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int N,
|
||
unsigned long int K)
|
||
Compute the binomial coefficient N over K and store the result in
|
||
ROP. Negative values of N are supported by `mpz_bin_ui', using
|
||
the identity bin(-n,k) = (-1)^k * bin(n+k-1,k), see Knuth volume 1
|
||
section 1.2.6 part G.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_fib_ui (mpz_t FN, unsigned long int N)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_fib2_ui (mpz_t FN, mpz_t FNSUB1, unsigned long
|
||
int N)
|
||
`mpz_fib_ui' sets FN to to F[n], the N'th Fibonacci number.
|
||
`mpz_fib2_ui' sets FN to F[n], and FNSUB1 to F[n-1].
|
||
|
||
These functions are designed for calculating isolated Fibonacci
|
||
numbers. When a sequence of values is wanted it's best to start
|
||
with `mpz_fib2_ui' and iterate the defining F[n+1]=F[n]+F[n-1] or
|
||
similar.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_lucnum_ui (mpz_t LN, unsigned long int N)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_lucnum2_ui (mpz_t LN, mpz_t LNSUB1, unsigned
|
||
long int N)
|
||
`mpz_lucnum_ui' sets LN to to L[n], the N'th Lucas number.
|
||
`mpz_lucnum2_ui' sets LN to L[n], and LNSUB1 to L[n-1].
|
||
|
||
These functions are designed for calculating isolated Lucas
|
||
numbers. When a sequence of values is wanted it's best to start
|
||
with `mpz_lucnum2_ui' and iterate the defining L[n+1]=L[n]+L[n-1]
|
||
or similar.
|
||
|
||
The Fibonacci numbers and Lucas numbers are related sequences, so
|
||
it's never necessary to call both `mpz_fib2_ui' and
|
||
`mpz_lucnum2_ui'. The formulas for going from Fibonacci to Lucas
|
||
can be found in *note Lucas Numbers Algorithm::, the reverse is
|
||
straightforward too.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Integer Comparisons, Next: Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling, Prev: Number Theoretic Functions, Up: Integer Functions
|
||
|
||
5.10 Comparison Functions
|
||
=========================
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_cmp (mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_cmp_d (mpz_t OP1, double OP2)
|
||
-- Macro: int mpz_cmp_si (mpz_t OP1, signed long int OP2)
|
||
-- Macro: int mpz_cmp_ui (mpz_t OP1, unsigned long int OP2)
|
||
Compare OP1 and OP2. Return a positive value if OP1 > OP2, zero
|
||
if OP1 = OP2, or a negative value if OP1 < OP2.
|
||
|
||
`mpz_cmp_ui' and `mpz_cmp_si' are macros and will evaluate their
|
||
arguments more than once. `mpz_cmp_d' can be called with an
|
||
infinity, but results are undefined for a NaN.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_cmpabs (mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_cmpabs_d (mpz_t OP1, double OP2)
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_cmpabs_ui (mpz_t OP1, unsigned long int OP2)
|
||
Compare the absolute values of OP1 and OP2. Return a positive
|
||
value if abs(OP1) > abs(OP2), zero if abs(OP1) = abs(OP2), or a
|
||
negative value if abs(OP1) < abs(OP2).
|
||
|
||
`mpz_cmpabs_d' can be called with an infinity, but results are
|
||
undefined for a NaN.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: int mpz_sgn (mpz_t OP)
|
||
Return +1 if OP > 0, 0 if OP = 0, and -1 if OP < 0.
|
||
|
||
This function is actually implemented as a macro. It evaluates
|
||
its argument multiple times.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling, Next: I/O of Integers, Prev: Integer Comparisons, Up: Integer Functions
|
||
|
||
5.11 Logical and Bit Manipulation Functions
|
||
===========================================
|
||
|
||
These functions behave as if twos complement arithmetic were used
|
||
(although sign-magnitude is the actual implementation). The least
|
||
significant bit is number 0.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_and (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
|
||
Set ROP to OP1 bitwise-and OP2.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_ior (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
|
||
Set ROP to OP1 bitwise inclusive-or OP2.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_xor (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
|
||
Set ROP to OP1 bitwise exclusive-or OP2.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_com (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
|
||
Set ROP to the one's complement of OP.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpz_popcount (mpz_t OP)
|
||
If OP>=0, return the population count of OP, which is the number
|
||
of 1 bits in the binary representation. If OP<0, the number of 1s
|
||
is infinite, and the return value is ULONG_MAX, the largest
|
||
possible `unsigned long'.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpz_hamdist (mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
|
||
If OP1 and OP2 are both >=0 or both <0, return the hamming
|
||
distance between the two operands, which is the number of bit
|
||
positions where OP1 and OP2 have different bit values. If one
|
||
operand is >=0 and the other <0 then the number of bits different
|
||
is infinite, and the return value is ULONG_MAX, the largest
|
||
possible `unsigned long'.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpz_scan0 (mpz_t OP, unsigned long int
|
||
STARTING_BIT)
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpz_scan1 (mpz_t OP, unsigned long int
|
||
STARTING_BIT)
|
||
Scan OP, starting from bit STARTING_BIT, towards more significant
|
||
bits, until the first 0 or 1 bit (respectively) is found. Return
|
||
the index of the found bit.
|
||
|
||
If the bit at STARTING_BIT is already what's sought, then
|
||
STARTING_BIT is returned.
|
||
|
||
If there's no bit found, then ULONG_MAX is returned. This will
|
||
happen in `mpz_scan0' past the end of a positive number, or
|
||
`mpz_scan1' past the end of a negative.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_setbit (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int BIT_INDEX)
|
||
Set bit BIT_INDEX in ROP.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_clrbit (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int BIT_INDEX)
|
||
Clear bit BIT_INDEX in ROP.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_combit (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int BIT_INDEX)
|
||
Complement bit BIT_INDEX in ROP.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_tstbit (mpz_t OP, unsigned long int BIT_INDEX)
|
||
Test bit BIT_INDEX in OP and return 0 or 1 accordingly.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: I/O of Integers, Next: Integer Random Numbers, Prev: Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling, Up: Integer Functions
|
||
|
||
5.12 Input and Output Functions
|
||
===============================
|
||
|
||
Functions that perform input from a stdio stream, and functions that
|
||
output to a stdio stream. Passing a `NULL' pointer for a STREAM
|
||
argument to any of these functions will make them read from `stdin' and
|
||
write to `stdout', respectively.
|
||
|
||
When using any of these functions, it is a good idea to include
|
||
`stdio.h' before `mpir.h', since that will allow `mpir.h' to define
|
||
prototypes for these functions.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: size_t mpz_out_str (FILE *STREAM, int BASE, mpz_t OP)
|
||
Output OP on stdio stream STREAM, as a string of digits in base
|
||
BASE. The base may vary from 2 to 36.
|
||
|
||
Return the number of bytes written, or if an error occurred,
|
||
return 0.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: size_t mpz_inp_str (mpz_t ROP, FILE *STREAM, int BASE)
|
||
Input a possibly white-space preceded string in base BASE from
|
||
stdio stream STREAM, and put the read integer in ROP.
|
||
|
||
The BASE may vary from 2 to 62, or if BASE is 0, then the leading
|
||
characters are used: `0x' and `0X' for hexadecimal, `0b' and `0B'
|
||
for binary, `0' for octal, or decimal otherwise.
|
||
|
||
For bases up to 36, case is ignored; upper-case and lower-case
|
||
letters have the same value. For bases 37 to 62, upper-case
|
||
letter represent the usual 10..35 while lower-case letter
|
||
represent 36..61.
|
||
|
||
Return the number of bytes read, or if an error occurred, return 0.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: size_t mpz_out_raw (FILE *STREAM, mpz_t OP)
|
||
Output OP on stdio stream STREAM, in raw binary format. The
|
||
integer is written in a portable format, with 4 bytes of size
|
||
information, and that many bytes of limbs. Both the size and the
|
||
limbs are written in decreasing significance order (i.e., in
|
||
big-endian).
|
||
|
||
The output can be read with `mpz_inp_raw'.
|
||
|
||
Return the number of bytes written, or if an error occurred,
|
||
return 0.
|
||
|
||
The output of this can not be read by `mpz_inp_raw' from GMP 1,
|
||
because of changes necessary for compatibility between 32-bit and
|
||
64-bit machines.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: size_t mpz_inp_raw (mpz_t ROP, FILE *STREAM)
|
||
Input from stdio stream STREAM in the format written by
|
||
`mpz_out_raw', and put the result in ROP. Return the number of
|
||
bytes read, or if an error occurred, return 0.
|
||
|
||
This routine can read the output from `mpz_out_raw' also from GMP
|
||
1, in spite of changes necessary for compatibility between 32-bit
|
||
and 64-bit machines.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Integer Random Numbers, Next: Integer Import and Export, Prev: I/O of Integers, Up: Integer Functions
|
||
|
||
5.13 Random Number Functions
|
||
============================
|
||
|
||
The random number functions of MPIR come in two groups; older function
|
||
that rely on a global state, and newer functions that accept a state
|
||
parameter that is read and modified. Please see the *note Random
|
||
Number Functions:: for more information on how to use and not to use
|
||
random number functions.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_urandomb (mpz_t ROP, gmp_randstate_t STATE,
|
||
unsigned long int N)
|
||
Generate a uniformly distributed random integer in the range 0 to
|
||
2^N-1, inclusive.
|
||
|
||
The variable STATE must be initialized by calling one of the
|
||
`gmp_randinit' functions (*note Random State Initialization::)
|
||
before invoking this function.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_urandomm (mpz_t ROP, gmp_randstate_t STATE,
|
||
mpz_t N)
|
||
Generate a uniform random integer in the range 0 to N-1, inclusive.
|
||
|
||
The variable STATE must be initialized by calling one of the
|
||
`gmp_randinit' functions (*note Random State Initialization::)
|
||
before invoking this function.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_rrandomb (mpz_t ROP, gmp_randstate_t STATE,
|
||
unsigned long int N)
|
||
Generate a random integer with long strings of zeros and ones in
|
||
the binary representation. Useful for testing functions and
|
||
algorithms, since this kind of random numbers have proven to be
|
||
more likely to trigger corner-case bugs. The random number will
|
||
be in the range 0 to 2^N-1, inclusive.
|
||
|
||
The variable STATE must be initialized by calling one of the
|
||
`gmp_randinit' functions (*note Random State Initialization::)
|
||
before invoking this function.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Integer Import and Export, Next: Miscellaneous Integer Functions, Prev: Integer Random Numbers, Up: Integer Functions
|
||
|
||
5.14 Integer Import and Export
|
||
==============================
|
||
|
||
`mpz_t' variables can be converted to and from arbitrary words of binary
|
||
data with the following functions.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_import (mpz_t ROP, size_t COUNT, int ORDER,
|
||
size_t SIZE, int ENDIAN, size_t NAILS, const void *OP)
|
||
Set ROP from an array of word data at OP.
|
||
|
||
The parameters specify the format of the data. COUNT many words
|
||
are read, each SIZE bytes. ORDER can be 1 for most significant
|
||
word first or -1 for least significant first. Within each word
|
||
ENDIAN can be 1 for most significant byte first, -1 for least
|
||
significant first, or 0 for the native endianness of the host CPU.
|
||
The most significant NAILS bits of each word are skipped, this can
|
||
be 0 to use the full words.
|
||
|
||
There is no sign taken from the data, ROP will simply be a positive
|
||
integer. An application can handle any sign itself, and apply it
|
||
for instance with `mpz_neg'.
|
||
|
||
There are no data alignment restrictions on OP, any address is
|
||
allowed.
|
||
|
||
Here's an example converting an array of `unsigned long' data, most
|
||
significant element first, and host byte order within each value.
|
||
|
||
unsigned long a[20];
|
||
mpz_t z;
|
||
mpz_import (z, 20, 1, sizeof(a[0]), 0, 0, a);
|
||
|
||
This example assumes the full `sizeof' bytes are used for data in
|
||
the given type, which is usually true, and certainly true for
|
||
`unsigned long' everywhere we know of. However on Cray vector
|
||
systems it may be noted that `short' and `int' are always stored
|
||
in 8 bytes (and with `sizeof' indicating that) but use only 32 or
|
||
46 bits. The NAILS feature can account for this, by passing for
|
||
instance `8*sizeof(int)-INT_BIT'.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void * mpz_export (void *ROP, size_t *COUNTP, int ORDER,
|
||
size_t SIZE, int ENDIAN, size_t NAILS, mpz_t OP)
|
||
Fill ROP with word data from OP.
|
||
|
||
The parameters specify the format of the data produced. Each word
|
||
will be SIZE bytes and ORDER can be 1 for most significant word
|
||
first or -1 for least significant first. Within each word ENDIAN
|
||
can be 1 for most significant byte first, -1 for least significant
|
||
first, or 0 for the native endianness of the host CPU. The most
|
||
significant NAILS bits of each word are unused and set to zero,
|
||
this can be 0 to produce full words.
|
||
|
||
The number of words produced is written to `*COUNTP', or COUNTP
|
||
can be `NULL' to discard the count. ROP must have enough space
|
||
for the data, or if ROP is `NULL' then a result array of the
|
||
necessary size is allocated using the current MPIR allocation
|
||
function (*note Custom Allocation::). In either case the return
|
||
value is the destination used, either ROP or the allocated block.
|
||
|
||
If OP is non-zero then the most significant word produced will be
|
||
non-zero. If OP is zero then the count returned will be zero and
|
||
nothing written to ROP. If ROP is `NULL' in this case, no block
|
||
is allocated, just `NULL' is returned.
|
||
|
||
The sign of OP is ignored, just the absolute value is exported. An
|
||
application can use `mpz_sgn' to get the sign and handle it as
|
||
desired. (*note Integer Comparisons::)
|
||
|
||
There are no data alignment restrictions on ROP, any address is
|
||
allowed.
|
||
|
||
When an application is allocating space itself the required size
|
||
can be determined with a calculation like the following. Since
|
||
`mpz_sizeinbase' always returns at least 1, `count' here will be
|
||
at least one, which avoids any portability problems with
|
||
`malloc(0)', though if `z' is zero no space at all is actually
|
||
needed (or written).
|
||
|
||
numb = 8*size - nail;
|
||
count = (mpz_sizeinbase (z, 2) + numb-1) / numb;
|
||
p = malloc (count * size);
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Miscellaneous Integer Functions, Next: Integer Special Functions, Prev: Integer Import and Export, Up: Integer Functions
|
||
|
||
5.15 Miscellaneous Functions
|
||
============================
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_fits_ulong_p (mpz_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_fits_slong_p (mpz_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_fits_uint_p (mpz_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_fits_sint_p (mpz_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_fits_ushort_p (mpz_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_fits_sshort_p (mpz_t OP)
|
||
Return non-zero iff the value of OP fits in an `unsigned long int',
|
||
`signed long int', `unsigned int', `signed int', `unsigned short
|
||
int', or `signed short int', respectively. Otherwise, return zero.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: int mpz_odd_p (mpz_t OP)
|
||
-- Macro: int mpz_even_p (mpz_t OP)
|
||
Determine whether OP is odd or even, respectively. Return
|
||
non-zero if yes, zero if no. These macros evaluate their argument
|
||
more than once.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: size_t mpz_sizeinbase (mpz_t OP, int BASE)
|
||
Return the size of OP measured in number of digits in the given
|
||
BASE. BASE can vary from 2 to 36. The sign of OP is ignored,
|
||
just the absolute value is used. The result will be either exact
|
||
or 1 too big. If BASE is a power of 2, the result is always
|
||
exact. If OP is zero the return value is always 1.
|
||
|
||
This function can be used to determine the space required when
|
||
converting OP to a string. The right amount of allocation is
|
||
normally two more than the value returned by `mpz_sizeinbase', one
|
||
extra for a minus sign and one for the null-terminator.
|
||
|
||
It will be noted that `mpz_sizeinbase(OP,2)' can be used to locate
|
||
the most significant 1 bit in OP, counting from 1. (Unlike the
|
||
bitwise functions which start from 0, *Note Logical and Bit
|
||
Manipulation Functions: Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling.)
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Integer Special Functions, Prev: Miscellaneous Integer Functions, Up: Integer Functions
|
||
|
||
5.16 Special Functions
|
||
======================
|
||
|
||
The functions in this section are for various special purposes. Most
|
||
applications will not need them.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_array_init (mpz_t INTEGER_ARRAY, size_t
|
||
ARRAY_SIZE, mp_size_t FIXED_NUM_BITS)
|
||
This is a special type of initialization. *Fixed* space of
|
||
FIXED_NUM_BITS is allocated to each of the ARRAY_SIZE integers in
|
||
INTEGER_ARRAY. There is no way to free the storage allocated by
|
||
this function. Don't call `mpz_clear'!
|
||
|
||
The INTEGER_ARRAY parameter is the first `mpz_t' in the array. For
|
||
example,
|
||
|
||
mpz_t arr[20000];
|
||
mpz_array_init (arr[0], 20000, 512);
|
||
|
||
This function is only intended for programs that create a large
|
||
number of integers and need to reduce memory usage by avoiding the
|
||
overheads of allocating and reallocating lots of small blocks. In
|
||
normal programs this function is not recommended.
|
||
|
||
The space allocated to each integer by this function will not be
|
||
automatically increased, unlike the normal `mpz_init', so an
|
||
application must ensure it is sufficient for any value stored.
|
||
The following space requirements apply to various routines,
|
||
|
||
* `mpz_abs', `mpz_neg', `mpz_set', `mpz_set_si' and
|
||
`mpz_set_ui' need room for the value they store.
|
||
|
||
* `mpz_add', `mpz_add_ui', `mpz_sub' and `mpz_sub_ui' need room
|
||
for the larger of the two operands, plus an extra
|
||
`mp_bits_per_limb'.
|
||
|
||
* `mpz_mul', `mpz_mul_ui' and `mpz_mul_ui' need room for the sum
|
||
of the number of bits in their operands, but each rounded up
|
||
to a multiple of `mp_bits_per_limb'.
|
||
|
||
* `mpz_swap' can be used between two array variables, but not
|
||
between an array and a normal variable.
|
||
|
||
For other functions, or if in doubt, the suggestion is to
|
||
calculate in a regular `mpz_init' variable and copy the result to
|
||
an array variable with `mpz_set'.
|
||
|
||
*This function is obsolete. It will disappear from future MPIR
|
||
releases.*
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void * _mpz_realloc (mpz_t INTEGER, mp_size_t NEW_ALLOC)
|
||
Change the space for INTEGER to NEW_ALLOC limbs. The value in
|
||
INTEGER is preserved if it fits, or is set to 0 if not. The return
|
||
value is not useful to applications and should be ignored.
|
||
|
||
`mpz_realloc2' is the preferred way to accomplish allocation
|
||
changes like this. `mpz_realloc2' and `_mpz_realloc' are the same
|
||
except that `_mpz_realloc' takes its size in limbs.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_limb_t mpz_getlimbn (mpz_t OP, mp_size_t N)
|
||
Return limb number N from OP. The sign of OP is ignored, just the
|
||
absolute value is used. The least significant limb is number 0.
|
||
|
||
`mpz_size' can be used to find how many limbs make up OP.
|
||
`mpz_getlimbn' returns zero if N is outside the range 0 to
|
||
`mpz_size(OP)-1'.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: size_t mpz_size (mpz_t OP)
|
||
Return the size of OP measured in number of limbs. If OP is zero,
|
||
the returned value will be zero.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Rational Number Functions, Next: Floating-point Functions, Prev: Integer Functions, Up: Top
|
||
|
||
6 Rational Number Functions
|
||
***************************
|
||
|
||
This chapter describes the MPIR functions for performing arithmetic on
|
||
rational numbers. These functions start with the prefix `mpq_'.
|
||
|
||
Rational numbers are stored in objects of type `mpq_t'.
|
||
|
||
All rational arithmetic functions assume operands have a canonical
|
||
form, and canonicalize their result. The canonical from means that the
|
||
denominator and the numerator have no common factors, and that the
|
||
denominator is positive. Zero has the unique representation 0/1.
|
||
|
||
Pure assignment functions do not canonicalize the assigned variable.
|
||
It is the responsibility of the user to canonicalize the assigned
|
||
variable before any arithmetic operations are performed on that
|
||
variable.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_canonicalize (mpq_t OP)
|
||
Remove any factors that are common to the numerator and
|
||
denominator of OP, and make the denominator positive.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Initializing Rationals::
|
||
* Rational Conversions::
|
||
* Rational Arithmetic::
|
||
* Comparing Rationals::
|
||
* Applying Integer Functions::
|
||
* I/O of Rationals::
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Initializing Rationals, Next: Rational Conversions, Prev: Rational Number Functions, Up: Rational Number Functions
|
||
|
||
6.1 Initialization and Assignment Functions
|
||
===========================================
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_init (mpq_t DEST_RATIONAL)
|
||
Initialize DEST_RATIONAL and set it to 0/1. Each variable should
|
||
normally only be initialized once, or at least cleared out (using
|
||
the function `mpq_clear') between each initialization.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_clear (mpq_t RATIONAL_NUMBER)
|
||
Free the space occupied by RATIONAL_NUMBER. Make sure to call this
|
||
function for all `mpq_t' variables when you are done with them.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_set (mpq_t ROP, mpq_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_set_z (mpq_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
|
||
Assign ROP from OP.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_set_ui (mpq_t ROP, unsigned long int OP1,
|
||
unsigned long int OP2)
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_set_si (mpq_t ROP, signed long int OP1, unsigned
|
||
long int OP2)
|
||
Set the value of ROP to OP1/OP2. Note that if OP1 and OP2 have
|
||
common factors, ROP has to be passed to `mpq_canonicalize' before
|
||
any operations are performed on ROP.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpq_set_str (mpq_t ROP, char *STR, int BASE)
|
||
Set ROP from a null-terminated string STR in the given BASE.
|
||
|
||
The string can be an integer like "41" or a fraction like
|
||
"41/152". The fraction must be in canonical form (*note Rational
|
||
Number Functions::), or if not then `mpq_canonicalize' must be
|
||
called.
|
||
|
||
The numerator and optional denominator are parsed the same as in
|
||
`mpz_set_str' (*note Assigning Integers::). White space is
|
||
allowed in the string, and is simply ignored. The BASE can vary
|
||
from 2 to 62, or if BASE is 0 then the leading characters are
|
||
used: `0x' or `0X' for hex, `0b' or `0B' for binary, `0' for
|
||
octal, or decimal otherwise. Note that this is done separately
|
||
for the numerator and denominator, so for instance `0xEF/100' is
|
||
239/100, whereas `0xEF/0x100' is 239/256.
|
||
|
||
The return value is 0 if the entire string is a valid number, or
|
||
-1 if not.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_swap (mpq_t ROP1, mpq_t ROP2)
|
||
Swap the values ROP1 and ROP2 efficiently.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Rational Conversions, Next: Rational Arithmetic, Prev: Initializing Rationals, Up: Rational Number Functions
|
||
|
||
6.2 Conversion Functions
|
||
========================
|
||
|
||
-- Function: double mpq_get_d (mpq_t OP)
|
||
Convert OP to a `double', truncating if necessary (ie. rounding
|
||
towards zero).
|
||
|
||
If the exponent from the conversion is too big or too small to fit
|
||
a `double' then the result is system dependent. For too big an
|
||
infinity is returned when available. For too small 0.0 is
|
||
normally returned. Hardware overflow, underflow and denorm traps
|
||
may or may not occur.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_set_d (mpq_t ROP, double OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_set_f (mpq_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
|
||
Set ROP to the value of OP. There is no rounding, this conversion
|
||
is exact.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: char * mpq_get_str (char *STR, int BASE, mpq_t OP)
|
||
Convert OP to a string of digits in base BASE. The base may vary
|
||
from 2 to 36. The string will be of the form `num/den', or if the
|
||
denominator is 1 then just `num'.
|
||
|
||
If STR is `NULL', the result string is allocated using the current
|
||
allocation function (*note Custom Allocation::). The block will be
|
||
`strlen(str)+1' bytes, that being exactly enough for the string and
|
||
null-terminator.
|
||
|
||
If STR is not `NULL', it should point to a block of storage large
|
||
enough for the result, that being
|
||
|
||
mpz_sizeinbase (mpq_numref(OP), BASE)
|
||
+ mpz_sizeinbase (mpq_denref(OP), BASE) + 3
|
||
|
||
The three extra bytes are for a possible minus sign, possible
|
||
slash, and the null-terminator.
|
||
|
||
A pointer to the result string is returned, being either the
|
||
allocated block, or the given STR.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Rational Arithmetic, Next: Comparing Rationals, Prev: Rational Conversions, Up: Rational Number Functions
|
||
|
||
6.3 Arithmetic Functions
|
||
========================
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_add (mpq_t SUM, mpq_t ADDEND1, mpq_t ADDEND2)
|
||
Set SUM to ADDEND1 + ADDEND2.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_sub (mpq_t DIFFERENCE, mpq_t MINUEND, mpq_t
|
||
SUBTRAHEND)
|
||
Set DIFFERENCE to MINUEND - SUBTRAHEND.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_mul (mpq_t PRODUCT, mpq_t MULTIPLIER, mpq_t
|
||
MULTIPLICAND)
|
||
Set PRODUCT to MULTIPLIER times MULTIPLICAND.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_mul_2exp (mpq_t ROP, mpq_t OP1, unsigned long
|
||
int OP2)
|
||
Set ROP to OP1 times 2 raised to OP2.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_div (mpq_t QUOTIENT, mpq_t DIVIDEND, mpq_t
|
||
DIVISOR)
|
||
Set QUOTIENT to DIVIDEND/DIVISOR.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_div_2exp (mpq_t ROP, mpq_t OP1, unsigned long
|
||
int OP2)
|
||
Set ROP to OP1 divided by 2 raised to OP2.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_neg (mpq_t NEGATED_OPERAND, mpq_t OPERAND)
|
||
Set NEGATED_OPERAND to -OPERAND.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_abs (mpq_t ROP, mpq_t OP)
|
||
Set ROP to the absolute value of OP.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_inv (mpq_t INVERTED_NUMBER, mpq_t NUMBER)
|
||
Set INVERTED_NUMBER to 1/NUMBER. If the new denominator is zero,
|
||
this routine will divide by zero.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Comparing Rationals, Next: Applying Integer Functions, Prev: Rational Arithmetic, Up: Rational Number Functions
|
||
|
||
6.4 Comparison Functions
|
||
========================
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpq_cmp (mpq_t OP1, mpq_t OP2)
|
||
Compare OP1 and OP2. Return a positive value if OP1 > OP2, zero
|
||
if OP1 = OP2, and a negative value if OP1 < OP2.
|
||
|
||
To determine if two rationals are equal, `mpq_equal' is faster than
|
||
`mpq_cmp'.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: int mpq_cmp_ui (mpq_t OP1, unsigned long int NUM2, unsigned
|
||
long int DEN2)
|
||
-- Macro: int mpq_cmp_si (mpq_t OP1, long int NUM2, unsigned long int
|
||
DEN2)
|
||
Compare OP1 and NUM2/DEN2. Return a positive value if OP1 >
|
||
NUM2/DEN2, zero if OP1 = NUM2/DEN2, and a negative value if OP1 <
|
||
NUM2/DEN2.
|
||
|
||
NUM2 and DEN2 are allowed to have common factors.
|
||
|
||
These functions are implemented as a macros and evaluate their
|
||
arguments multiple times.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: int mpq_sgn (mpq_t OP)
|
||
Return +1 if OP > 0, 0 if OP = 0, and -1 if OP < 0.
|
||
|
||
This function is actually implemented as a macro. It evaluates its
|
||
arguments multiple times.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpq_equal (mpq_t OP1, mpq_t OP2)
|
||
Return non-zero if OP1 and OP2 are equal, zero if they are
|
||
non-equal. Although `mpq_cmp' can be used for the same purpose,
|
||
this function is much faster.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Applying Integer Functions, Next: I/O of Rationals, Prev: Comparing Rationals, Up: Rational Number Functions
|
||
|
||
6.5 Applying Integer Functions to Rationals
|
||
===========================================
|
||
|
||
The set of `mpq' functions is quite small. In particular, there are few
|
||
functions for either input or output. The following functions give
|
||
direct access to the numerator and denominator of an `mpq_t'.
|
||
|
||
Note that if an assignment to the numerator and/or denominator could
|
||
take an `mpq_t' out of the canonical form described at the start of
|
||
this chapter (*note Rational Number Functions::) then
|
||
`mpq_canonicalize' must be called before any other `mpq' functions are
|
||
applied to that `mpq_t'.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: mpz_t mpq_numref (mpq_t OP)
|
||
-- Macro: mpz_t mpq_denref (mpq_t OP)
|
||
Return a reference to the numerator and denominator of OP,
|
||
respectively. The `mpz' functions can be used on the result of
|
||
these macros.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_get_num (mpz_t NUMERATOR, mpq_t RATIONAL)
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_get_den (mpz_t DENOMINATOR, mpq_t RATIONAL)
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_set_num (mpq_t RATIONAL, mpz_t NUMERATOR)
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_set_den (mpq_t RATIONAL, mpz_t DENOMINATOR)
|
||
Get or set the numerator or denominator of a rational. These
|
||
functions are equivalent to calling `mpz_set' with an appropriate
|
||
`mpq_numref' or `mpq_denref'. Direct use of `mpq_numref' or
|
||
`mpq_denref' is recommended instead of these functions.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: I/O of Rationals, Prev: Applying Integer Functions, Up: Rational Number Functions
|
||
|
||
6.6 Input and Output Functions
|
||
==============================
|
||
|
||
When using any of these functions, it's a good idea to include `stdio.h'
|
||
before `mpir.h', since that will allow `mpir.h' to define prototypes
|
||
for these functions.
|
||
|
||
Passing a `NULL' pointer for a STREAM argument to any of these
|
||
functions will make them read from `stdin' and write to `stdout',
|
||
respectively.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: size_t mpq_out_str (FILE *STREAM, int BASE, mpq_t OP)
|
||
Output OP on stdio stream STREAM, as a string of digits in base
|
||
BASE. The base may vary from 2 to 36. Output is in the form
|
||
`num/den' or if the denominator is 1 then just `num'.
|
||
|
||
Return the number of bytes written, or if an error occurred,
|
||
return 0.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: size_t mpq_inp_str (mpq_t ROP, FILE *STREAM, int BASE)
|
||
Read a string of digits from STREAM and convert them to a rational
|
||
in ROP. Any initial white-space characters are read and
|
||
discarded. Return the number of characters read (including white
|
||
space), or 0 if a rational could not be read.
|
||
|
||
The input can be a fraction like `17/63' or just an integer like
|
||
`123'. Reading stops at the first character not in this form, and
|
||
white space is not permitted within the string. If the input
|
||
might not be in canonical form, then `mpq_canonicalize' must be
|
||
called (*note Rational Number Functions::).
|
||
|
||
The BASE can be between 2 and 36, or can be 0 in which case the
|
||
leading characters of the string determine the base, `0x' or `0X'
|
||
for hexadecimal, `0' for octal, or decimal otherwise. The leading
|
||
characters are examined separately for the numerator and
|
||
denominator of a fraction, so for instance `0x10/11' is 16/11,
|
||
whereas `0x10/0x11' is 16/17.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Floating-point Functions, Next: Low-level Functions, Prev: Rational Number Functions, Up: Top
|
||
|
||
7 Floating-point Functions
|
||
**************************
|
||
|
||
MPIR floating point numbers are stored in objects of type `mpf_t' and
|
||
functions operating on them have an `mpf_' prefix.
|
||
|
||
The mantissa of each float has a user-selectable precision, limited
|
||
only by available memory. Each variable has its own precision, and
|
||
that can be increased or decreased at any time.
|
||
|
||
The exponent of each float is a fixed precision, one machine word on
|
||
most systems. In the current implementation the exponent is a count of
|
||
limbs, so for example on a 32-bit system this means a range of roughly
|
||
2^-68719476768 to 2^68719476736, or on a 64-bit system this will be
|
||
greater. Note however `mpf_get_str' can only return an exponent which
|
||
fits an `mp_exp_t' and currently `mpf_set_str' doesn't accept exponents
|
||
bigger than a `long'.
|
||
|
||
Each variable keeps a size for the mantissa data actually in use.
|
||
This means that if a float is exactly represented in only a few bits
|
||
then only those bits will be used in a calculation, even if the
|
||
selected precision is high.
|
||
|
||
All calculations are performed to the precision of the destination
|
||
variable. Each function is defined to calculate with "infinite
|
||
precision" followed by a truncation to the destination precision, but
|
||
of course the work done is only what's needed to determine a result
|
||
under that definition.
|
||
|
||
The precision selected for a variable is a minimum value, MPIR may
|
||
increase it a little to facilitate efficient calculation. Currently
|
||
this means rounding up to a whole limb, and then sometimes having a
|
||
further partial limb, depending on the high limb of the mantissa. But
|
||
applications shouldn't be concerned by such details.
|
||
|
||
The mantissa in stored in binary, as might be imagined from the fact
|
||
precisions are expressed in bits. One consequence of this is that
|
||
decimal fractions like 0.1 cannot be represented exactly. The same is
|
||
true of plain IEEE `double' floats. This makes both highly unsuitable
|
||
for calculations involving money or other values that should be exact
|
||
decimal fractions. (Suitably scaled integers, or perhaps rationals,
|
||
are better choices.)
|
||
|
||
`mpf' functions and variables have no special notion of infinity or
|
||
not-a-number, and applications must take care not to overflow the
|
||
exponent or results will be unpredictable. This might change in a
|
||
future release.
|
||
|
||
Note that the `mpf' functions are _not_ intended as a smooth
|
||
extension to IEEE P754 arithmetic. In particular results obtained on
|
||
one computer often differ from the results on a computer with a
|
||
different word size.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Initializing Floats::
|
||
* Assigning Floats::
|
||
* Simultaneous Float Init & Assign::
|
||
* Converting Floats::
|
||
* Float Arithmetic::
|
||
* Float Comparison::
|
||
* I/O of Floats::
|
||
* Miscellaneous Float Functions::
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Initializing Floats, Next: Assigning Floats, Prev: Floating-point Functions, Up: Floating-point Functions
|
||
|
||
7.1 Initialization Functions
|
||
============================
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_set_default_prec (unsigned long int PREC)
|
||
Set the default precision to be *at least* PREC bits. All
|
||
subsequent calls to `mpf_init' will use this precision, but
|
||
previously initialized variables are unaffected.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpf_get_default_prec (void)
|
||
Return the default precision actually used.
|
||
|
||
An `mpf_t' object must be initialized before storing the first value
|
||
in it. The functions `mpf_init' and `mpf_init2' are used for that
|
||
purpose.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_init (mpf_t X)
|
||
Initialize X to 0. Normally, a variable should be initialized
|
||
once only or at least be cleared, using `mpf_clear', between
|
||
initializations. The precision of X is undefined unless a default
|
||
precision has already been established by a call to
|
||
`mpf_set_default_prec'.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_init2 (mpf_t X, unsigned long int PREC)
|
||
Initialize X to 0 and set its precision to be *at least* PREC
|
||
bits. Normally, a variable should be initialized once only or at
|
||
least be cleared, using `mpf_clear', between initializations.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_clear (mpf_t X)
|
||
Free the space occupied by X. Make sure to call this function for
|
||
all `mpf_t' variables when you are done with them.
|
||
|
||
Here is an example on how to initialize floating-point variables:
|
||
{
|
||
mpf_t x, y;
|
||
mpf_init (x); /* use default precision */
|
||
mpf_init2 (y, 256); /* precision _at least_ 256 bits */
|
||
...
|
||
/* Unless the program is about to exit, do ... */
|
||
mpf_clear (x);
|
||
mpf_clear (y);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
The following three functions are useful for changing the precision
|
||
during a calculation. A typical use would be for adjusting the
|
||
precision gradually in iterative algorithms like Newton-Raphson, making
|
||
the computation precision closely match the actual accurate part of the
|
||
numbers.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpf_get_prec (mpf_t OP)
|
||
Return the current precision of OP, in bits.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_set_prec (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int PREC)
|
||
Set the precision of ROP to be *at least* PREC bits. The value in
|
||
ROP will be truncated to the new precision.
|
||
|
||
This function requires a call to `realloc', and so should not be
|
||
used in a tight loop.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_set_prec_raw (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int PREC)
|
||
Set the precision of ROP to be *at least* PREC bits, without
|
||
changing the memory allocated.
|
||
|
||
PREC must be no more than the allocated precision for ROP, that
|
||
being the precision when ROP was initialized, or in the most recent
|
||
`mpf_set_prec'.
|
||
|
||
The value in ROP is unchanged, and in particular if it had a higher
|
||
precision than PREC it will retain that higher precision. New
|
||
values written to ROP will use the new PREC.
|
||
|
||
Before calling `mpf_clear' or the full `mpf_set_prec', another
|
||
`mpf_set_prec_raw' call must be made to restore ROP to its original
|
||
allocated precision. Failing to do so will have unpredictable
|
||
results.
|
||
|
||
`mpf_get_prec' can be used before `mpf_set_prec_raw' to get the
|
||
original allocated precision. After `mpf_set_prec_raw' it
|
||
reflects the PREC value set.
|
||
|
||
`mpf_set_prec_raw' is an efficient way to use an `mpf_t' variable
|
||
at different precisions during a calculation, perhaps to gradually
|
||
increase precision in an iteration, or just to use various
|
||
different precisions for different purposes during a calculation.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Assigning Floats, Next: Simultaneous Float Init & Assign, Prev: Initializing Floats, Up: Floating-point Functions
|
||
|
||
7.2 Assignment Functions
|
||
========================
|
||
|
||
These functions assign new values to already initialized floats (*note
|
||
Initializing Floats::).
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_set (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_set_ui (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_set_si (mpf_t ROP, signed long int OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_set_d (mpf_t ROP, double OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_set_z (mpf_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_set_q (mpf_t ROP, mpq_t OP)
|
||
Set the value of ROP from OP.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpf_set_str (mpf_t ROP, char *STR, int BASE)
|
||
Set the value of ROP from the string in STR. The string is of the
|
||
form `M@N' or, if the base is 10 or less, alternatively `MeN'.
|
||
`M' is the mantissa and `N' is the exponent. The mantissa is
|
||
always in the specified base. The exponent is either in the
|
||
specified base or, if BASE is negative, in decimal. The decimal
|
||
point expected is taken from the current locale, on systems
|
||
providing `localeconv'.
|
||
|
||
The argument BASE may be in the ranges 2 to 62, or -62 to -2.
|
||
Negative values are used to specify that the exponent is in
|
||
decimal.
|
||
|
||
For bases up to 36, case is ignored; upper-case and lower-case
|
||
letters have the same value; for bases 37 to 62, upper-case letter
|
||
represent the usual 10..35 while lower-case letter represent
|
||
36..61.
|
||
|
||
Unlike the corresponding `mpz' function, the base will not be
|
||
determined from the leading characters of the string if BASE is 0.
|
||
This is so that numbers like `0.23' are not interpreted as octal.
|
||
|
||
White space is allowed in the string, and is simply ignored.
|
||
[This is not really true; white-space is ignored in the beginning
|
||
of the string and within the mantissa, but not in other places,
|
||
such as after a minus sign or in the exponent. We are considering
|
||
changing the definition of this function, making it fail when
|
||
there is any white-space in the input, since that makes a lot of
|
||
sense. Please tell us your opinion about this change. Do you
|
||
really want it to accept "3 14" as meaning 314 as it does now?]
|
||
|
||
This function returns 0 if the entire string is a valid number in
|
||
base BASE. Otherwise it returns -1.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_swap (mpf_t ROP1, mpf_t ROP2)
|
||
Swap ROP1 and ROP2 efficiently. Both the values and the
|
||
precisions of the two variables are swapped.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Simultaneous Float Init & Assign, Next: Converting Floats, Prev: Assigning Floats, Up: Floating-point Functions
|
||
|
||
7.3 Combined Initialization and Assignment Functions
|
||
====================================================
|
||
|
||
For convenience, MPIR provides a parallel series of initialize-and-set
|
||
functions which initialize the output and then store the value there.
|
||
These functions' names have the form `mpf_init_set...'
|
||
|
||
Once the float has been initialized by any of the `mpf_init_set...'
|
||
functions, it can be used as the source or destination operand for the
|
||
ordinary float functions. Don't use an initialize-and-set function on
|
||
a variable already initialized!
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_init_set (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_init_set_ui (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_init_set_si (mpf_t ROP, signed long int OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_init_set_d (mpf_t ROP, double OP)
|
||
Initialize ROP and set its value from OP.
|
||
|
||
The precision of ROP will be taken from the active default
|
||
precision, as set by `mpf_set_default_prec'.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpf_init_set_str (mpf_t ROP, char *STR, int BASE)
|
||
Initialize ROP and set its value from the string in STR. See
|
||
`mpf_set_str' above for details on the assignment operation.
|
||
|
||
Note that ROP is initialized even if an error occurs. (I.e., you
|
||
have to call `mpf_clear' for it.)
|
||
|
||
The precision of ROP will be taken from the active default
|
||
precision, as set by `mpf_set_default_prec'.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Converting Floats, Next: Float Arithmetic, Prev: Simultaneous Float Init & Assign, Up: Floating-point Functions
|
||
|
||
7.4 Conversion Functions
|
||
========================
|
||
|
||
-- Function: double mpf_get_d (mpf_t OP)
|
||
Convert OP to a `double', truncating if necessary (ie. rounding
|
||
towards zero).
|
||
|
||
If the exponent in OP is too big or too small to fit a `double'
|
||
then the result is system dependent. For too big an infinity is
|
||
returned when available. For too small 0.0 is normally returned.
|
||
Hardware overflow, underflow and denorm traps may or may not occur.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: double mpf_get_d_2exp (signed long int *EXP, mpf_t OP)
|
||
Convert OP to a `double', truncating if necessary (ie. rounding
|
||
towards zero), and with an exponent returned separately.
|
||
|
||
The return value is in the range 0.5<=abs(D)<1 and the exponent is
|
||
stored to `*EXP'. D * 2^EXP is the (truncated) OP value. If OP
|
||
is zero, the return is 0.0 and 0 is stored to `*EXP'.
|
||
|
||
This is similar to the standard C `frexp' function (*note
|
||
Normalization Functions: (libc)Normalization Functions.).
|
||
|
||
-- Function: long mpf_get_si (mpf_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long mpf_get_ui (mpf_t OP)
|
||
Convert OP to a `long' or `unsigned long', truncating any fraction
|
||
part. If OP is too big for the return type, the result is
|
||
undefined.
|
||
|
||
See also `mpf_fits_slong_p' and `mpf_fits_ulong_p' (*note
|
||
Miscellaneous Float Functions::).
|
||
|
||
-- Function: char * mpf_get_str (char *STR, mp_exp_t *EXPPTR, int
|
||
BASE, size_t N_DIGITS, mpf_t OP)
|
||
Convert OP to a string of digits in base BASE. BASE can be 2 to
|
||
36. Up to N_DIGITS digits will be generated. Trailing zeros are
|
||
not returned. No more digits than can be accurately represented
|
||
by OP are ever generated. If N_DIGITS is 0 then that accurate
|
||
maximum number of digits are generated.
|
||
|
||
If STR is `NULL', the result string is allocated using the current
|
||
allocation function (*note Custom Allocation::). The block will be
|
||
`strlen(str)+1' bytes, that being exactly enough for the string and
|
||
null-terminator.
|
||
|
||
If STR is not `NULL', it should point to a block of N_DIGITS + 2
|
||
bytes, that being enough for the mantissa, a possible minus sign,
|
||
and a null-terminator. When N_DIGITS is 0 to get all significant
|
||
digits, an application won't be able to know the space required,
|
||
and STR should be `NULL' in that case.
|
||
|
||
The generated string is a fraction, with an implicit radix point
|
||
immediately to the left of the first digit. The applicable
|
||
exponent is written through the EXPPTR pointer. For example, the
|
||
number 3.1416 would be returned as string "31416" and exponent 1.
|
||
|
||
When OP is zero, an empty string is produced and the exponent
|
||
returned is 0.
|
||
|
||
A pointer to the result string is returned, being either the
|
||
allocated block or the given STR.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Float Arithmetic, Next: Float Comparison, Prev: Converting Floats, Up: Floating-point Functions
|
||
|
||
7.5 Arithmetic Functions
|
||
========================
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_add (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_add_ui (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int
|
||
OP2)
|
||
Set ROP to OP1 + OP2.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_sub (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_ui_sub (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int OP1, mpf_t
|
||
OP2)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_sub_ui (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int
|
||
OP2)
|
||
Set ROP to OP1 - OP2.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_mul (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_mul_ui (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int
|
||
OP2)
|
||
Set ROP to OP1 times OP2.
|
||
|
||
Division is undefined if the divisor is zero, and passing a zero
|
||
divisor to the divide functions will make these functions intentionally
|
||
divide by zero. This lets the user handle arithmetic exceptions in
|
||
these functions in the same manner as other arithmetic exceptions.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_div (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_ui_div (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int OP1, mpf_t
|
||
OP2)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_div_ui (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int
|
||
OP2)
|
||
Set ROP to OP1/OP2.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_sqrt (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_sqrt_ui (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int OP)
|
||
Set ROP to the square root of OP.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_pow_ui (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int
|
||
OP2)
|
||
Set ROP to OP1 raised to the power OP2.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_neg (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
|
||
Set ROP to -OP.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_abs (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
|
||
Set ROP to the absolute value of OP.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_mul_2exp (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, unsigned long
|
||
int OP2)
|
||
Set ROP to OP1 times 2 raised to OP2.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_div_2exp (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, unsigned long
|
||
int OP2)
|
||
Set ROP to OP1 divided by 2 raised to OP2.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Float Comparison, Next: I/O of Floats, Prev: Float Arithmetic, Up: Floating-point Functions
|
||
|
||
7.6 Comparison Functions
|
||
========================
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpf_cmp (mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2)
|
||
-- Function: int mpf_cmp_d (mpf_t OP1, double OP2)
|
||
-- Function: int mpf_cmp_ui (mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int OP2)
|
||
-- Function: int mpf_cmp_si (mpf_t OP1, signed long int OP2)
|
||
Compare OP1 and OP2. Return a positive value if OP1 > OP2, zero
|
||
if OP1 = OP2, and a negative value if OP1 < OP2.
|
||
|
||
`mpf_cmp_d' can be called with an infinity, but results are
|
||
undefined for a NaN.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpf_eq (mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2, unsigned long int op3)
|
||
Return non-zero if the first OP3 bits of OP1 and OP2 are equal,
|
||
zero otherwise. I.e., test if OP1 and OP2 are approximately equal.
|
||
|
||
In the future values like 1000 and 0111 may be considered the same
|
||
to 3 bits (on the basis that their difference is that small).
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_reldiff (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2)
|
||
Compute the relative difference between OP1 and OP2 and store the
|
||
result in ROP. This is abs(OP1-OP2)/OP1.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: int mpf_sgn (mpf_t OP)
|
||
Return +1 if OP > 0, 0 if OP = 0, and -1 if OP < 0.
|
||
|
||
This function is actually implemented as a macro. It evaluates
|
||
its arguments multiple times.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: I/O of Floats, Next: Miscellaneous Float Functions, Prev: Float Comparison, Up: Floating-point Functions
|
||
|
||
7.7 Input and Output Functions
|
||
==============================
|
||
|
||
Functions that perform input from a stdio stream, and functions that
|
||
output to a stdio stream. Passing a `NULL' pointer for a STREAM
|
||
argument to any of these functions will make them read from `stdin' and
|
||
write to `stdout', respectively.
|
||
|
||
When using any of these functions, it is a good idea to include
|
||
`stdio.h' before `mpir.h', since that will allow `mpir.h' to define
|
||
prototypes for these functions.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: size_t mpf_out_str (FILE *STREAM, int BASE, size_t
|
||
N_DIGITS, mpf_t OP)
|
||
Print OP to STREAM, as a string of digits. Return the number of
|
||
bytes written, or if an error occurred, return 0.
|
||
|
||
The mantissa is prefixed with an `0.' and is in the given BASE,
|
||
which may vary from 2 to 36. An exponent then printed, separated
|
||
by an `e', or if BASE is greater than 10 then by an `@'. The
|
||
exponent is always in decimal. The decimal point follows the
|
||
current locale, on systems providing `localeconv'.
|
||
|
||
Up to N_DIGITS will be printed from the mantissa, except that no
|
||
more digits than are accurately representable by OP will be
|
||
printed. N_DIGITS can be 0 to select that accurate maximum.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: size_t mpf_inp_str (mpf_t ROP, FILE *STREAM, int BASE)
|
||
Read a string in base BASE from STREAM, and put the read float in
|
||
ROP. The string is of the form `M@N' or, if the base is 10 or
|
||
less, alternatively `MeN'. `M' is the mantissa and `N' is the
|
||
exponent. The mantissa is always in the specified base. The
|
||
exponent is either in the specified base or, if BASE is negative,
|
||
in decimal. The decimal point expected is taken from the current
|
||
locale, on systems providing `localeconv'.
|
||
|
||
The argument BASE may be in the ranges 2 to 36, or -36 to -2.
|
||
Negative values are used to specify that the exponent is in
|
||
decimal.
|
||
|
||
Unlike the corresponding `mpz' function, the base will not be
|
||
determined from the leading characters of the string if BASE is 0.
|
||
This is so that numbers like `0.23' are not interpreted as octal.
|
||
|
||
Return the number of bytes read, or if an error occurred, return 0.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Miscellaneous Float Functions, Prev: I/O of Floats, Up: Floating-point Functions
|
||
|
||
7.8 Miscellaneous Functions
|
||
===========================
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_ceil (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_floor (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_trunc (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
|
||
Set ROP to OP rounded to an integer. `mpf_ceil' rounds to the
|
||
next higher integer, `mpf_floor' to the next lower, and `mpf_trunc'
|
||
to the integer towards zero.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpf_integer_p (mpf_t OP)
|
||
Return non-zero if OP is an integer.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpf_fits_ulong_p (mpf_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: int mpf_fits_slong_p (mpf_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: int mpf_fits_uint_p (mpf_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: int mpf_fits_sint_p (mpf_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: int mpf_fits_ushort_p (mpf_t OP)
|
||
-- Function: int mpf_fits_sshort_p (mpf_t OP)
|
||
Return non-zero if OP would fit in the respective C data type, when
|
||
truncated to an integer.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_urandomb (mpf_t ROP, gmp_randstate_t STATE,
|
||
unsigned long int NBITS)
|
||
Generate a uniformly distributed random float in ROP, such that 0
|
||
<= ROP < 1, with NBITS significant bits in the mantissa.
|
||
|
||
The variable STATE must be initialized by calling one of the
|
||
`gmp_randinit' functions (*note Random State Initialization::)
|
||
before invoking this function.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_rrandomb (mpf_t ROP, gmp_randstate_t STATE,
|
||
mp_size_t MAX_SIZE, mp_exp_t EXP)
|
||
Generate a random float of at most MAX_SIZE limbs, with long
|
||
strings of zeros and ones in the binary representation. The
|
||
exponent of the number is in the interval -EXP to EXP (in limbs).
|
||
This function is useful for testing functions and algorithms,
|
||
since these kind of random numbers have proven to be more likely
|
||
to trigger corner-case bugs. Negative random numbers are
|
||
generated when MAX_SIZE is negative.
|
||
|
||
*This interface is preliminary. It might change incompatibly in
|
||
future revisions.*
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_random2 (mpf_t ROP, mp_size_t MAX_SIZE, mp_exp_t
|
||
EXP)
|
||
Generate a random float of at most MAX_SIZE limbs, with long
|
||
strings of zeros and ones in the binary representation. The
|
||
exponent of the number is in the interval -EXP to EXP (in limbs).
|
||
This function is useful for testing functions and algorithms,
|
||
since these kind of random numbers have proven to be more likely
|
||
to trigger corner-case bugs. Negative random numbers are
|
||
generated when MAX_SIZE is negative.
|
||
|
||
*This function is obsolete. It will disappear from future MPIR
|
||
releases.*
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Low-level Functions, Next: Random Number Functions, Prev: Floating-point Functions, Up: Top
|
||
|
||
8 Low-level Functions
|
||
*********************
|
||
|
||
This chapter describes low-level MPIR functions, used to implement the
|
||
high-level MPIR functions, but also intended for time-critical user
|
||
code.
|
||
|
||
These functions start with the prefix `mpn_'.
|
||
|
||
The `mpn' functions are designed to be as fast as possible, *not* to
|
||
provide a coherent calling interface. The different functions have
|
||
somewhat similar interfaces, but there are variations that make them
|
||
hard to use. These functions do as little as possible apart from the
|
||
real multiple precision computation, so that no time is spent on things
|
||
that not all callers need.
|
||
|
||
A source operand is specified by a pointer to the least significant
|
||
limb and a limb count. A destination operand is specified by just a
|
||
pointer. It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure that the
|
||
destination has enough space for storing the result.
|
||
|
||
With this way of specifying operands, it is possible to perform
|
||
computations on subranges of an argument, and store the result into a
|
||
subrange of a destination.
|
||
|
||
A common requirement for all functions is that each source area
|
||
needs at least one limb. No size argument may be zero. Unless
|
||
otherwise stated, in-place operations are allowed where source and
|
||
destination are the same, but not where they only partly overlap.
|
||
|
||
The `mpn' functions are the base for the implementation of the
|
||
`mpz_', `mpf_', and `mpq_' functions.
|
||
|
||
This example adds the number beginning at S1P and the number
|
||
beginning at S2P and writes the sum at DESTP. All areas have N limbs.
|
||
|
||
cy = mpn_add_n (destp, s1p, s2p, n)
|
||
|
||
It should be noted that the `mpn' functions make no attempt to
|
||
identify high or low zero limbs on their operands, or other special
|
||
forms. On random data such cases will be unlikely and it'd be wasteful
|
||
for every function to check every time. An application knowing
|
||
something about its data can take steps to trim or perhaps split its
|
||
calculations.
|
||
|
||
|
||
In the notation used below, a source operand is identified by the
|
||
pointer to the least significant limb, and the limb count in braces.
|
||
For example, {S1P, S1N}.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_add_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
|
||
const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N)
|
||
Add {S1P, N} and {S2P, N}, and write the N least significant limbs
|
||
of the result to RP. Return carry, either 0 or 1.
|
||
|
||
This is the lowest-level function for addition. It is the
|
||
preferred function for addition, since it is written in assembly
|
||
for most CPUs. For addition of a variable to itself (i.e., S1P
|
||
equals S2P, use `mpn_lshift' with a count of 1 for optimal speed.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_add_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
|
||
mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t S2LIMB)
|
||
Add {S1P, N} and S2LIMB, and write the N least significant limbs
|
||
of the result to RP. Return carry, either 0 or 1.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_add (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
|
||
mp_size_t S1N, const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t S2N)
|
||
Add {S1P, S1N} and {S2P, S2N}, and write the S1N least significant
|
||
limbs of the result to RP. Return carry, either 0 or 1.
|
||
|
||
This function requires that S1N is greater than or equal to S2N.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_sub_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
|
||
const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N)
|
||
Subtract {S2P, N} from {S1P, N}, and write the N least significant
|
||
limbs of the result to RP. Return borrow, either 0 or 1.
|
||
|
||
This is the lowest-level function for subtraction. It is the
|
||
preferred function for subtraction, since it is written in
|
||
assembly for most CPUs.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_sub_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
|
||
mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t S2LIMB)
|
||
Subtract S2LIMB from {S1P, N}, and write the N least significant
|
||
limbs of the result to RP. Return borrow, either 0 or 1.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_sub (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
|
||
mp_size_t S1N, const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t S2N)
|
||
Subtract {S2P, S2N} from {S1P, S1N}, and write the S1N least
|
||
significant limbs of the result to RP. Return borrow, either 0 or
|
||
1.
|
||
|
||
This function requires that S1N is greater than or equal to S2N.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpn_mul_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
|
||
const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N)
|
||
Multiply {S1P, N} and {S2P, N}, and write the 2*N-limb result to
|
||
RP.
|
||
|
||
The destination has to have space for 2*N limbs, even if the
|
||
product's most significant limb is zero. No overlap is permitted
|
||
between the destination and either source.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_mul_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
|
||
mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t S2LIMB)
|
||
Multiply {S1P, N} by S2LIMB, and write the N least significant
|
||
limbs of the product to RP. Return the most significant limb of
|
||
the product. {S1P, N} and {RP, N} are allowed to overlap provided
|
||
RP <= S1P.
|
||
|
||
This is a low-level function that is a building block for general
|
||
multiplication as well as other operations in MPIR. It is written
|
||
in assembly for most CPUs.
|
||
|
||
Don't call this function if S2LIMB is a power of 2; use
|
||
`mpn_lshift' with a count equal to the logarithm of S2LIMB
|
||
instead, for optimal speed.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_addmul_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t
|
||
*S1P, mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t S2LIMB)
|
||
Multiply {S1P, N} and S2LIMB, and add the N least significant
|
||
limbs of the product to {RP, N} and write the result to RP.
|
||
Return the most significant limb of the product, plus carry-out
|
||
from the addition.
|
||
|
||
This is a low-level function that is a building block for general
|
||
multiplication as well as other operations in MPIR. It is written
|
||
in assembly for most CPUs.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_submul_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t
|
||
*S1P, mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t S2LIMB)
|
||
Multiply {S1P, N} and S2LIMB, and subtract the N least significant
|
||
limbs of the product from {RP, N} and write the result to RP.
|
||
Return the most significant limb of the product, minus borrow-out
|
||
from the subtraction.
|
||
|
||
This is a low-level function that is a building block for general
|
||
multiplication and division as well as other operations in MPIR.
|
||
It is written in assembly for most CPUs.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_mul (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
|
||
mp_size_t S1N, const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t S2N)
|
||
Multiply {S1P, S1N} and {S2P, S2N}, and write the result to RP.
|
||
Return the most significant limb of the result.
|
||
|
||
The destination has to have space for S1N + S2N limbs, even if the
|
||
result might be one limb smaller.
|
||
|
||
This function requires that S1N is greater than or equal to S2N.
|
||
The destination must be distinct from both input operands.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpn_tdiv_qr (mp_limb_t *QP, mp_limb_t *RP, mp_size_t
|
||
QXN, const mp_limb_t *NP, mp_size_t NN, const mp_limb_t *DP,
|
||
mp_size_t DN)
|
||
Divide {NP, NN} by {DP, DN} and put the quotient at {QP, NN-DN+1}
|
||
and the remainder at {RP, DN}. The quotient is rounded towards 0.
|
||
|
||
No overlap is permitted between arguments. NN must be greater
|
||
than or equal to DN. The most significant limb of DP must be
|
||
non-zero. The QXN operand must be zero.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_divrem (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_size_t QXN,
|
||
mp_limb_t *RS2P, mp_size_t RS2N, const mp_limb_t *S3P,
|
||
mp_size_t S3N)
|
||
[This function is obsolete. Please call `mpn_tdiv_qr' instead for
|
||
best performance.]
|
||
|
||
Divide {RS2P, RS2N} by {S3P, S3N}, and write the quotient at R1P,
|
||
with the exception of the most significant limb, which is
|
||
returned. The remainder replaces the dividend at RS2P; it will be
|
||
S3N limbs long (i.e., as many limbs as the divisor).
|
||
|
||
In addition to an integer quotient, QXN fraction limbs are
|
||
developed, and stored after the integral limbs. For most usages,
|
||
QXN will be zero.
|
||
|
||
It is required that RS2N is greater than or equal to S3N. It is
|
||
required that the most significant bit of the divisor is set.
|
||
|
||
If the quotient is not needed, pass RS2P + S3N as R1P. Aside from
|
||
that special case, no overlap between arguments is permitted.
|
||
|
||
Return the most significant limb of the quotient, either 0 or 1.
|
||
|
||
The area at R1P needs to be RS2N - S3N + QXN limbs large.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_divrem_1 (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_size_t QXN,
|
||
mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t S2N, mp_limb_t S3LIMB)
|
||
-- Macro: mp_limb_t mpn_divmod_1 (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_limb_t *S2P,
|
||
mp_size_t S2N, mp_limb_t S3LIMB)
|
||
Divide {S2P, S2N} by S3LIMB, and write the quotient at R1P.
|
||
Return the remainder.
|
||
|
||
The integer quotient is written to {R1P+QXN, S2N} and in addition
|
||
QXN fraction limbs are developed and written to {R1P, QXN}.
|
||
Either or both S2N and QXN can be zero. For most usages, QXN will
|
||
be zero.
|
||
|
||
`mpn_divmod_1' exists for upward source compatibility and is
|
||
simply a macro calling `mpn_divrem_1' with a QXN of 0.
|
||
|
||
The areas at R1P and S2P have to be identical or completely
|
||
separate, not partially overlapping.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: mp_limb_t mpn_divexact_by3 (mp_limb_t *RP, mp_limb_t *SP,
|
||
mp_size_t N)
|
||
-- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_divexact_by3c (mp_limb_t *RP, mp_limb_t
|
||
*SP, mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t CARRY)
|
||
Divide {SP, N} by 3, expecting it to divide exactly, and writing
|
||
the result to {RP, N}. If 3 divides exactly, the return value is
|
||
zero and the result is the quotient. If not, the return value is
|
||
non-zero and the result won't be anything useful.
|
||
|
||
`mpn_divexact_by3c' takes an initial carry parameter, which can be
|
||
the return value from a previous call, so a large calculation can
|
||
be done piece by piece from low to high. `mpn_divexact_by3' is
|
||
simply a macro calling `mpn_divexact_by3c' with a 0 carry
|
||
parameter.
|
||
|
||
These routines use a multiply-by-inverse and will be faster than
|
||
`mpn_divrem_1' on CPUs with fast multiplication but slow division.
|
||
|
||
The source a, result q, size n, initial carry i, and return value
|
||
c satisfy c*b^n + a-i = 3*q, where b=2^GMP_NUMB_BITS. The return
|
||
c is always 0, 1 or 2, and the initial carry i must also be 0, 1
|
||
or 2 (these are both borrows really). When c=0 clearly q=(a-i)/3.
|
||
When c!=0, the remainder (a-i) mod 3 is given by 3-c, because b ==
|
||
1 mod 3 (when `mp_bits_per_limb' is even, which is always so
|
||
currently).
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_mod_1 (mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_size_t S1N,
|
||
mp_limb_t S2LIMB)
|
||
Divide {S1P, S1N} by S2LIMB, and return the remainder. S1N can be
|
||
zero.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_bdivmod (mp_limb_t *RP, mp_limb_t *S1P,
|
||
mp_size_t S1N, const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t S2N, unsigned
|
||
long int D)
|
||
This function puts the low floor(D/mp_bits_per_limb) limbs of Q =
|
||
{S1P, S1N}/{S2P, S2N} mod 2^D at RP, and returns the high D mod
|
||
`mp_bits_per_limb' bits of Q.
|
||
|
||
{S1P, S1N} - Q * {S2P, S2N} mod 2^(S1N*mp_bits_per_limb) is placed
|
||
at S1P. Since the low floor(D/mp_bits_per_limb) limbs of this
|
||
difference are zero, it is possible to overwrite the low limbs at
|
||
S1P with this difference, provided RP <= S1P.
|
||
|
||
This function requires that S1N * mp_bits_per_limb >= D, and that
|
||
{S2P, S2N} is odd.
|
||
|
||
*This interface is preliminary. It might change incompatibly in
|
||
future revisions.*
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_lshift (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *SP,
|
||
mp_size_t N, unsigned int COUNT)
|
||
Shift {SP, N} left by COUNT bits, and write the result to {RP, N}.
|
||
The bits shifted out at the left are returned in the least
|
||
significant COUNT bits of the return value (the rest of the return
|
||
value is zero).
|
||
|
||
COUNT must be in the range 1 to mp_bits_per_limb-1. The regions
|
||
{SP, N} and {RP, N} may overlap, provided RP >= SP.
|
||
|
||
This function is written in assembly for most CPUs.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_rshift (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *SP,
|
||
mp_size_t N, unsigned int COUNT)
|
||
Shift {SP, N} right by COUNT bits, and write the result to {RP,
|
||
N}. The bits shifted out at the right are returned in the most
|
||
significant COUNT bits of the return value (the rest of the return
|
||
value is zero).
|
||
|
||
COUNT must be in the range 1 to mp_bits_per_limb-1. The regions
|
||
{SP, N} and {RP, N} may overlap, provided RP <= SP.
|
||
|
||
This function is written in assembly for most CPUs.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpn_cmp (const mp_limb_t *S1P, const mp_limb_t *S2P,
|
||
mp_size_t N)
|
||
Compare {S1P, N} and {S2P, N} and return a positive value if S1 >
|
||
S2, 0 if they are equal, or a negative value if S1 < S2.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_size_t mpn_gcd (mp_limb_t *RP, mp_limb_t *S1P,
|
||
mp_size_t S1N, mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t S2N)
|
||
Set {RP, RETVAL} to the greatest common divisor of {S1P, S1N} and
|
||
{S2P, S2N}. The result can be up to S2N limbs, the return value
|
||
is the actual number produced. Both source operands are destroyed.
|
||
|
||
{S1P, S1N} must have at least as many bits as {S2P, S2N}. {S2P,
|
||
S2N} must be odd. Both operands must have non-zero most
|
||
significant limbs. No overlap is permitted between {S1P, S1N} and
|
||
{S2P, S2N}.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_gcd_1 (const mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_size_t S1N,
|
||
mp_limb_t S2LIMB)
|
||
Return the greatest common divisor of {S1P, S1N} and S2LIMB. Both
|
||
operands must be non-zero.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_size_t mpn_gcdext (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_limb_t *R2P,
|
||
mp_size_t *R2N, mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_size_t S1N, mp_limb_t
|
||
*S2P, mp_size_t S2N)
|
||
Calculate the greatest common divisor of {S1P, S1N} and {S2P,
|
||
S2N}. Store the gcd at {R1P, RETVAL} and the first cofactor at
|
||
{R2P, *R2N}, with *R2N negative if the cofactor is negative. R1P
|
||
and R2P should each have room for S1N+1 limbs, but the return
|
||
value and value stored through R2N indicate the actual number
|
||
produced.
|
||
|
||
{S1P, S1N} >= {S2P, S2N} is required, and both must be non-zero.
|
||
The regions {S1P, S1N+1} and {S2P, S2N+1} are destroyed (i.e. the
|
||
operands plus an extra limb past the end of each).
|
||
|
||
The cofactor R1 will satisfy R2*S1 + K*S2 = R1. The second
|
||
cofactor K is not calculated but can easily be obtained from (R1 -
|
||
R2*S1) / S2.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_size_t mpn_sqrtrem (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_limb_t *R2P,
|
||
const mp_limb_t *SP, mp_size_t N)
|
||
Compute the square root of {SP, N} and put the result at {R1P,
|
||
ceil(N/2)} and the remainder at {R2P, RETVAL}. R2P needs space
|
||
for N limbs, but the return value indicates how many are produced.
|
||
|
||
The most significant limb of {SP, N} must be non-zero. The areas
|
||
{R1P, ceil(N/2)} and {SP, N} must be completely separate. The
|
||
areas {R2P, N} and {SP, N} must be either identical or completely
|
||
separate.
|
||
|
||
If the remainder is not wanted then R2P can be `NULL', and in this
|
||
case the return value is zero or non-zero according to whether the
|
||
remainder would have been zero or non-zero.
|
||
|
||
A return value of zero indicates a perfect square. See also
|
||
`mpz_perfect_square_p'.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_size_t mpn_get_str (unsigned char *STR, int BASE,
|
||
mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_size_t S1N)
|
||
Convert {S1P, S1N} to a raw unsigned char array at STR in base
|
||
BASE, and return the number of characters produced. There may be
|
||
leading zeros in the string. The string is not in ASCII; to
|
||
convert it to printable format, add the ASCII codes for `0' or
|
||
`A', depending on the base and range. BASE can vary from 2 to 256.
|
||
|
||
The most significant limb of the input {S1P, S1N} must be
|
||
non-zero. The input {S1P, S1N} is clobbered, except when BASE is
|
||
a power of 2, in which case it's unchanged.
|
||
|
||
The area at STR has to have space for the largest possible number
|
||
represented by a S1N long limb array, plus one extra character.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mp_size_t mpn_set_str (mp_limb_t *RP, const unsigned char
|
||
*STR, size_t STRSIZE, int BASE)
|
||
Convert bytes {STR,STRSIZE} in the given BASE to limbs at RP.
|
||
|
||
STR[0] is the most significant byte and STR[STRSIZE-1] is the
|
||
least significant. Each byte should be a value in the range 0 to
|
||
BASE-1, not an ASCII character. BASE can vary from 2 to 256.
|
||
|
||
The return value is the number of limbs written to RP. If the most
|
||
significant input byte is non-zero then the high limb at RP will be
|
||
non-zero, and only that exact number of limbs will be required
|
||
there.
|
||
|
||
If the most significant input byte is zero then there may be high
|
||
zero limbs written to RP and included in the return value.
|
||
|
||
STRSIZE must be at least 1, and no overlap is permitted between
|
||
{STR,STRSIZE} and the result at RP.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpn_scan0 (const mp_limb_t *S1P,
|
||
unsigned long int BIT)
|
||
Scan S1P from bit position BIT for the next clear bit.
|
||
|
||
It is required that there be a clear bit within the area at S1P at
|
||
or beyond bit position BIT, so that the function has something to
|
||
return.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpn_scan1 (const mp_limb_t *S1P,
|
||
unsigned long int BIT)
|
||
Scan S1P from bit position BIT for the next set bit.
|
||
|
||
It is required that there be a set bit within the area at S1P at or
|
||
beyond bit position BIT, so that the function has something to
|
||
return.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpn_random (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_size_t R1N)
|
||
-- Function: void mpn_random2 (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_size_t R1N)
|
||
Generate a random number of length R1N and store it at R1P. The
|
||
most significant limb is always non-zero. `mpn_random' generates
|
||
uniformly distributed limb data, `mpn_random2' generates long
|
||
strings of zeros and ones in the binary representation.
|
||
|
||
`mpn_random2' is intended for testing the correctness of the `mpn'
|
||
routines.
|
||
|
||
*These functions are obsolete. They will disappear from future
|
||
MPIR releases.*
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpn_urandomb (mp_limb_t *RP, gmp_randstate_t STATE,
|
||
unsigned long N)
|
||
Generate a uniform random number of length N bits and store it at
|
||
RP.
|
||
|
||
*This function interface is preliminary and may change in the
|
||
future.*
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpn_urandomm (mp_limb_t *RP, gmp_randstate_t STATE,
|
||
const mp_limb_t *MP, mp_size_t N)
|
||
Generate a uniform random number modulo (MP,N) of length N limbs
|
||
and store it at RP.
|
||
|
||
*This function interface is preliminary and may change in the
|
||
future.*
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpn_randomb (mp_limb_t *RP, gmp_randstate_t STATE,
|
||
mp_size_t N)
|
||
Generate a random number of length N limbs and store it at RP.
|
||
The most significant limb is always non-zero.
|
||
|
||
*This function interface is preliminary and may change in the
|
||
future.*
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpn_rrandom (mp_limb_t *RP, gmp_randstate_t STATE,
|
||
mp_size_t N)
|
||
Generate a random number of length N limbs and store it at RP.
|
||
The most significant limb is always non-zero. Generates long
|
||
strings of zeros and ones in the binary representation and is
|
||
intended for testing the correctness of the `mpn' routines.
|
||
|
||
*This function interface is preliminary and may change in the
|
||
future.*
|
||
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpn_popcount (const mp_limb_t *S1P,
|
||
mp_size_t N)
|
||
Count the number of set bits in {S1P, N}.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpn_hamdist (const mp_limb_t *S1P,
|
||
const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N)
|
||
Compute the hamming distance between {S1P, N} and {S2P, N}, which
|
||
is the number of bit positions where the two operands have
|
||
different bit values.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int mpn_perfect_square_p (const mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_size_t
|
||
N)
|
||
Return non-zero iff {S1P, N} is a perfect square.
|
||
|
||
|
||
8.1 Nails
|
||
=========
|
||
|
||
*Everything in this section is highly experimental and may disappear or
|
||
be subject to incompatible changes in a future version of MPIR.*
|
||
|
||
N.B: Nails are currently disabled and not supported in MPIR. They
|
||
may or may not return in a future version of MPIR.
|
||
|
||
Nails are an experimental feature whereby a few bits are left unused
|
||
at the top of each `mp_limb_t'. This can significantly improve carry
|
||
handling on some processors.
|
||
|
||
All the `mpn' functions accepting limb data will expect the nail
|
||
bits to be zero on entry, and will return data with the nails similarly
|
||
all zero. This applies both to limb vectors and to single limb
|
||
arguments.
|
||
|
||
Nails can be enabled by configuring with `--enable-nails'. By
|
||
default the number of bits will be chosen according to what suits the
|
||
host processor, but a particular number can be selected with
|
||
`--enable-nails=N'.
|
||
|
||
At the mpn level, a nail build is neither source nor binary
|
||
compatible with a non-nail build, strictly speaking. But programs
|
||
acting on limbs only through the mpn functions are likely to work
|
||
equally well with either build, and judicious use of the definitions
|
||
below should make any program compatible with either build, at the
|
||
source level.
|
||
|
||
For the higher level routines, meaning `mpz' etc, a nail build
|
||
should be fully source and binary compatible with a non-nail build.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: GMP_NAIL_BITS
|
||
-- Macro: GMP_NUMB_BITS
|
||
-- Macro: GMP_LIMB_BITS
|
||
`GMP_NAIL_BITS' is the number of nail bits, or 0 when nails are
|
||
not in use. `GMP_NUMB_BITS' is the number of data bits in a limb.
|
||
`GMP_LIMB_BITS' is the total number of bits in an `mp_limb_t'. In
|
||
all cases
|
||
|
||
GMP_LIMB_BITS == GMP_NAIL_BITS + GMP_NUMB_BITS
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: GMP_NAIL_MASK
|
||
-- Macro: GMP_NUMB_MASK
|
||
Bit masks for the nail and number parts of a limb.
|
||
`GMP_NAIL_MASK' is 0 when nails are not in use.
|
||
|
||
`GMP_NAIL_MASK' is not often needed, since the nail part can be
|
||
obtained with `x >> GMP_NUMB_BITS', and that means one less large
|
||
constant, which can help various RISC chips.
|
||
|
||
-- Macro: GMP_NUMB_MAX
|
||
The maximum value that can be stored in the number part of a limb.
|
||
This is the same as `GMP_NUMB_MASK', but can be used for clarity
|
||
when doing comparisons rather than bit-wise operations.
|
||
|
||
The term "nails" comes from finger or toe nails, which are at the
|
||
ends of a limb (arm or leg). "numb" is short for number, but is also
|
||
how the developers felt after trying for a long time to come up with
|
||
sensible names for these things.
|
||
|
||
In the future (the distant future most likely) a non-zero nail might
|
||
be permitted, giving non-unique representations for numbers in a limb
|
||
vector. This would help vector processors since carries would only
|
||
ever need to propagate one or two limbs.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Random Number Functions, Next: Formatted Output, Prev: Low-level Functions, Up: Top
|
||
|
||
9 Random Number Functions
|
||
*************************
|
||
|
||
Sequences of pseudo-random numbers in MPIR are generated using a
|
||
variable of type `gmp_randstate_t', which holds an algorithm selection
|
||
and a current state. Such a variable must be initialized by a call to
|
||
one of the `gmp_randinit' functions, and can be seeded with one of the
|
||
`gmp_randseed' functions.
|
||
|
||
The functions actually generating random numbers are described in
|
||
*note Integer Random Numbers::, and *note Miscellaneous Float
|
||
Functions::.
|
||
|
||
The older style random number functions don't accept a
|
||
`gmp_randstate_t' parameter but instead share a global variable of that
|
||
type. They use a default algorithm and are currently not seeded
|
||
(though perhaps that will change in the future). The new functions
|
||
accepting a `gmp_randstate_t' are recommended for applications that
|
||
care about randomness.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Random State Initialization::
|
||
* Random State Seeding::
|
||
* Random State Miscellaneous::
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Random State Initialization, Next: Random State Seeding, Prev: Random Number Functions, Up: Random Number Functions
|
||
|
||
9.1 Random State Initialization
|
||
===============================
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void gmp_randinit_default (gmp_randstate_t STATE)
|
||
Initialize STATE with a default algorithm. This will be a
|
||
compromise between speed and randomness, and is recommended for
|
||
applications with no special requirements. Currently this is
|
||
`gmp_randinit_mt'.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void gmp_randinit_mt (gmp_randstate_t STATE)
|
||
Initialize STATE for a Mersenne Twister algorithm. This algorithm
|
||
is fast and has good randomness properties.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void gmp_randinit_lc_2exp (gmp_randstate_t STATE, mpz_t
|
||
A, unsigned long C, unsigned long M2EXP)
|
||
Initialize STATE with a linear congruential algorithm X = (A*X +
|
||
C) mod 2^M2EXP.
|
||
|
||
The low bits of X in this algorithm are not very random. The least
|
||
significant bit will have a period no more than 2, and the second
|
||
bit no more than 4, etc. For this reason only the high half of
|
||
each X is actually used.
|
||
|
||
When a random number of more than M2EXP/2 bits is to be generated,
|
||
multiple iterations of the recurrence are used and the results
|
||
concatenated.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size (gmp_randstate_t STATE,
|
||
unsigned long SIZE)
|
||
Initialize STATE for a linear congruential algorithm as per
|
||
`gmp_randinit_lc_2exp'. A, C and M2EXP are selected from a table,
|
||
chosen so that SIZE bits (or more) of each X will be used, ie.
|
||
M2EXP/2 >= SIZE.
|
||
|
||
If successful the return value is non-zero. If SIZE is bigger
|
||
than the table data provides then the return value is zero. The
|
||
maximum SIZE currently supported is 128.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int gmp_randinit_set (gmp_randstate_t ROP,
|
||
gmp_randstate_t OP)
|
||
Initialize ROP with a copy of the algorithm and state from OP.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void gmp_randclear (gmp_randstate_t STATE)
|
||
Free all memory occupied by STATE.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Random State Seeding, Next: Random State Miscellaneous, Prev: Random State Initialization, Up: Random Number Functions
|
||
|
||
9.2 Random State Seeding
|
||
========================
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void gmp_randseed (gmp_randstate_t STATE, mpz_t SEED)
|
||
-- Function: void gmp_randseed_ui (gmp_randstate_t STATE,
|
||
unsigned long int SEED)
|
||
Set an initial seed value into STATE.
|
||
|
||
The size of a seed determines how many different sequences of
|
||
random numbers that it's possible to generate. The "quality" of
|
||
the seed is the randomness of a given seed compared to the
|
||
previous seed used, and this affects the randomness of separate
|
||
number sequences. The method for choosing a seed is critical if
|
||
the generated numbers are to be used for important applications,
|
||
such as generating cryptographic keys.
|
||
|
||
Traditionally the system time has been used to seed, but care
|
||
needs to be taken with this. If an application seeds often and
|
||
the resolution of the system clock is low, then the same sequence
|
||
of numbers might be repeated. Also, the system time is quite easy
|
||
to guess, so if unpredictability is required then it should
|
||
definitely not be the only source for the seed value. On some
|
||
systems there's a special device `/dev/random' which provides
|
||
random data better suited for use as a seed.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Random State Miscellaneous, Prev: Random State Seeding, Up: Random Number Functions
|
||
|
||
9.3 Random State Miscellaneous
|
||
==============================
|
||
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long gmp_urandomb_ui (gmp_randstate_t STATE,
|
||
unsigned long N)
|
||
Return a uniformly distributed random number of N bits, ie. in the
|
||
range 0 to 2^N-1 inclusive. N must be less than or equal to the
|
||
number of bits in an `unsigned long'.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long gmp_urandomm_ui (gmp_randstate_t STATE,
|
||
unsigned long N)
|
||
Return a uniformly distributed random number in the range 0 to
|
||
N-1, inclusive.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Formatted Output, Next: Formatted Input, Prev: Random Number Functions, Up: Top
|
||
|
||
10 Formatted Output
|
||
*******************
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Formatted Output Strings::
|
||
* Formatted Output Functions::
|
||
* C++ Formatted Output::
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Formatted Output Strings, Next: Formatted Output Functions, Prev: Formatted Output, Up: Formatted Output
|
||
|
||
10.1 Format Strings
|
||
===================
|
||
|
||
`gmp_printf' and friends accept format strings similar to the standard C
|
||
`printf' (*note Formatted Output: (libc)Formatted Output.). A format
|
||
specification is of the form
|
||
|
||
% [flags] [width] [.[precision]] [type] conv
|
||
|
||
MPIR adds types `Z', `Q' and `F' for `mpz_t', `mpq_t' and `mpf_t'
|
||
respectively, `M' for `mp_limb_t', and `N' for an `mp_limb_t' array.
|
||
`Z', `Q', `M' and `N' behave like integers. `Q' will print a `/' and a
|
||
denominator, if needed. `F' behaves like a float. For example,
|
||
|
||
mpz_t z;
|
||
gmp_printf ("%s is an mpz %Zd\n", "here", z);
|
||
|
||
mpq_t q;
|
||
gmp_printf ("a hex rational: %#40Qx\n", q);
|
||
|
||
mpf_t f;
|
||
int n;
|
||
gmp_printf ("fixed point mpf %.*Ff with %d digits\n", n, f, n);
|
||
|
||
mp_limb_t l;
|
||
gmp_printf ("limb %Mu\n", limb);
|
||
|
||
const mp_limb_t *ptr;
|
||
mp_size_t size;
|
||
gmp_printf ("limb array %Nx\n", ptr, size);
|
||
|
||
For `N' the limbs are expected least significant first, as per the
|
||
`mpn' functions (*note Low-level Functions::). A negative size can be
|
||
given to print the value as a negative.
|
||
|
||
All the standard C `printf' types behave the same as the C library
|
||
`printf', and can be freely intermixed with the MPIR extensions. In the
|
||
current implementation the standard parts of the format string are
|
||
simply handed to `printf' and only the MPIR extensions handled directly.
|
||
|
||
The flags accepted are as follows. GLIBC style ' is only for the
|
||
standard C types (not the MPIR types), and only if the C library
|
||
supports it.
|
||
|
||
0 pad with zeros (rather than spaces)
|
||
# show the base with `0x', `0X' or `0'
|
||
+ always show a sign
|
||
(space) show a space or a `-' sign
|
||
' group digits, GLIBC style (not MPIR
|
||
types)
|
||
|
||
The optional width and precision can be given as a number within the
|
||
format string, or as a `*' to take an extra parameter of type `int', the
|
||
same as the standard `printf'.
|
||
|
||
The standard types accepted are as follows. `h' and `l' are
|
||
portable, the rest will depend on the compiler (or include files) for
|
||
the type and the C library for the output.
|
||
|
||
h short
|
||
hh char
|
||
j intmax_t or uintmax_t
|
||
l long or wchar_t
|
||
ll long long
|
||
L long double
|
||
q quad_t or u_quad_t
|
||
t ptrdiff_t
|
||
z size_t
|
||
|
||
The MPIR types are
|
||
|
||
F mpf_t, float conversions
|
||
Q mpq_t, integer conversions
|
||
M mp_limb_t, integer conversions
|
||
N mp_limb_t array, integer conversions
|
||
Z mpz_t, integer conversions
|
||
|
||
The conversions accepted are as follows. `a' and `A' are always
|
||
supported for `mpf_t' but depend on the C library for standard C float
|
||
types. `m' and `p' depend on the C library.
|
||
|
||
a A hex floats, C99 style
|
||
c character
|
||
d decimal integer
|
||
e E scientific format float
|
||
f fixed point float
|
||
i same as d
|
||
g G fixed or scientific float
|
||
m `strerror' string, GLIBC style
|
||
n store characters written so far
|
||
o octal integer
|
||
p pointer
|
||
s string
|
||
u unsigned integer
|
||
x X hex integer
|
||
|
||
`o', `x' and `X' are unsigned for the standard C types, but for
|
||
types `Z', `Q' and `N' they are signed. `u' is not meaningful for `Z',
|
||
`Q' and `N'.
|
||
|
||
`M' is a proxy for the C library `l' or `L', according to the size
|
||
of `mp_limb_t'. Unsigned conversions will be usual, but a signed
|
||
conversion can be used and will interpret the value as a twos complement
|
||
negative.
|
||
|
||
`n' can be used with any type, even the MPIR types.
|
||
|
||
Other types or conversions that might be accepted by the C library
|
||
`printf' cannot be used through `gmp_printf', this includes for
|
||
instance extensions registered with GLIBC `register_printf_function'.
|
||
Also currently there's no support for POSIX `$' style numbered arguments
|
||
(perhaps this will be added in the future).
|
||
|
||
The precision field has it's usual meaning for integer `Z' and float
|
||
`F' types, but is currently undefined for `Q' and should not be used
|
||
with that.
|
||
|
||
`mpf_t' conversions only ever generate as many digits as can be
|
||
accurately represented by the operand, the same as `mpf_get_str' does.
|
||
Zeros will be used if necessary to pad to the requested precision. This
|
||
happens even for an `f' conversion of an `mpf_t' which is an integer,
|
||
for instance 2^1024 in an `mpf_t' of 128 bits precision will only
|
||
produce about 40 digits, then pad with zeros to the decimal point. An
|
||
empty precision field like `%.Fe' or `%.Ff' can be used to specifically
|
||
request just the significant digits.
|
||
|
||
The decimal point character (or string) is taken from the current
|
||
locale settings on systems which provide `localeconv' (*note Locales
|
||
and Internationalization: (libc)Locales.). The C library will normally
|
||
do the same for standard float output.
|
||
|
||
The format string is only interpreted as plain `char's, multibyte
|
||
characters are not recognised. Perhaps this will change in the future.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Formatted Output Functions, Next: C++ Formatted Output, Prev: Formatted Output Strings, Up: Formatted Output
|
||
|
||
10.2 Functions
|
||
==============
|
||
|
||
Each of the following functions is similar to the corresponding C
|
||
library function. The basic `printf' forms take a variable argument
|
||
list. The `vprintf' forms take an argument pointer, see *note Variadic
|
||
Functions: (libc)Variadic Functions, or `man 3 va_start'.
|
||
|
||
It should be emphasised that if a format string is invalid, or the
|
||
arguments don't match what the format specifies, then the behaviour of
|
||
any of these functions will be unpredictable. GCC format string
|
||
checking is not available, since it doesn't recognise the MPIR
|
||
extensions.
|
||
|
||
The file based functions `gmp_printf' and `gmp_fprintf' will return
|
||
-1 to indicate a write error. Output is not "atomic", so partial
|
||
output may be produced if a write error occurs. All the functions can
|
||
return -1 if the C library `printf' variant in use returns -1, but this
|
||
shouldn't normally occur.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int gmp_printf (const char *FMT, ...)
|
||
-- Function: int gmp_vprintf (const char *FMT, va_list AP)
|
||
Print to the standard output `stdout'. Return the number of
|
||
characters written, or -1 if an error occurred.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int gmp_fprintf (FILE *FP, const char *FMT, ...)
|
||
-- Function: int gmp_vfprintf (FILE *FP, const char *FMT, va_list AP)
|
||
Print to the stream FP. Return the number of characters written,
|
||
or -1 if an error occurred.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int gmp_sprintf (char *BUF, const char *FMT, ...)
|
||
-- Function: int gmp_vsprintf (char *BUF, const char *FMT, va_list AP)
|
||
Form a null-terminated string in BUF. Return the number of
|
||
characters written, excluding the terminating null.
|
||
|
||
No overlap is permitted between the space at BUF and the string
|
||
FMT.
|
||
|
||
These functions are not recommended, since there's no protection
|
||
against exceeding the space available at BUF.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int gmp_snprintf (char *BUF, size_t SIZE, const char
|
||
*FMT, ...)
|
||
-- Function: int gmp_vsnprintf (char *BUF, size_t SIZE, const char
|
||
*FMT, va_list AP)
|
||
Form a null-terminated string in BUF. No more than SIZE bytes
|
||
will be written. To get the full output, SIZE must be enough for
|
||
the string and null-terminator.
|
||
|
||
The return value is the total number of characters which ought to
|
||
have been produced, excluding the terminating null. If RETVAL >=
|
||
SIZE then the actual output has been truncated to the first SIZE-1
|
||
characters, and a null appended.
|
||
|
||
No overlap is permitted between the region {BUF,SIZE} and the FMT
|
||
string.
|
||
|
||
Notice the return value is in ISO C99 `snprintf' style. This is
|
||
so even if the C library `vsnprintf' is the older GLIBC 2.0.x
|
||
style.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int gmp_asprintf (char **PP, const char *FMT, ...)
|
||
-- Function: int gmp_vasprintf (char **PP, const char *FMT, va_list AP)
|
||
Form a null-terminated string in a block of memory obtained from
|
||
the current memory allocation function (*note Custom
|
||
Allocation::). The block will be the size of the string and
|
||
null-terminator. The address of the block in stored to *PP. The
|
||
return value is the number of characters produced, excluding the
|
||
null-terminator.
|
||
|
||
Unlike the C library `asprintf', `gmp_asprintf' doesn't return -1
|
||
if there's no more memory available, it lets the current allocation
|
||
function handle that.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int gmp_obstack_printf (struct obstack *OB, const char
|
||
*FMT, ...)
|
||
-- Function: int gmp_obstack_vprintf (struct obstack *OB, const char
|
||
*FMT, va_list AP)
|
||
Append to the current object in OB. The return value is the
|
||
number of characters written. A null-terminator is not written.
|
||
|
||
FMT cannot be within the current object in OB, since that object
|
||
might move as it grows.
|
||
|
||
These functions are available only when the C library provides the
|
||
obstack feature, which probably means only on GNU systems, see
|
||
*note Obstacks: (libc)Obstacks.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: C++ Formatted Output, Prev: Formatted Output Functions, Up: Formatted Output
|
||
|
||
10.3 C++ Formatted Output
|
||
=========================
|
||
|
||
The following functions are provided in `libmpirxx' (*note Headers and
|
||
Libraries::), which is built if C++ support is enabled (*note Build
|
||
Options::). Prototypes are available from `<mpir.h>'.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: ostream& operator<< (ostream& STREAM, mpz_t OP)
|
||
Print OP to STREAM, using its `ios' formatting settings.
|
||
`ios::width' is reset to 0 after output, the same as the standard
|
||
`ostream operator<<' routines do.
|
||
|
||
In hex or octal, OP is printed as a signed number, the same as for
|
||
decimal. This is unlike the standard `operator<<' routines on
|
||
`int' etc, which instead give twos complement.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: ostream& operator<< (ostream& STREAM, mpq_t OP)
|
||
Print OP to STREAM, using its `ios' formatting settings.
|
||
`ios::width' is reset to 0 after output, the same as the standard
|
||
`ostream operator<<' routines do.
|
||
|
||
Output will be a fraction like `5/9', or if the denominator is 1
|
||
then just a plain integer like `123'.
|
||
|
||
In hex or octal, OP is printed as a signed value, the same as for
|
||
decimal. If `ios::showbase' is set then a base indicator is shown
|
||
on both the numerator and denominator (if the denominator is
|
||
required).
|
||
|
||
-- Function: ostream& operator<< (ostream& STREAM, mpf_t OP)
|
||
Print OP to STREAM, using its `ios' formatting settings.
|
||
`ios::width' is reset to 0 after output, the same as the standard
|
||
`ostream operator<<' routines do.
|
||
|
||
The decimal point follows the standard library float `operator<<',
|
||
which on recent systems means the `std::locale' imbued on STREAM.
|
||
|
||
Hex and octal are supported, unlike the standard `operator<<' on
|
||
`double'. The mantissa will be in hex or octal, the exponent will
|
||
be in decimal. For hex the exponent delimiter is an `@'. This is
|
||
as per `mpf_out_str'.
|
||
|
||
`ios::showbase' is supported, and will put a base on the mantissa,
|
||
for example hex `0x1.8' or `0x0.8', or octal `01.4' or `00.4'.
|
||
This last form is slightly strange, but at least differentiates
|
||
itself from decimal.
|
||
|
||
These operators mean that MPIR types can be printed in the usual C++
|
||
way, for example,
|
||
|
||
mpz_t z;
|
||
int n;
|
||
...
|
||
cout << "iteration " << n << " value " << z << "\n";
|
||
|
||
But note that `ostream' output (and `istream' input, *note C++
|
||
Formatted Input::) is the only overloading available for the MPIR types
|
||
and that for instance using `+' with an `mpz_t' will have unpredictable
|
||
results. For classes with overloading, see *note C++ Class Interface::.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Formatted Input, Next: C++ Class Interface, Prev: Formatted Output, Up: Top
|
||
|
||
11 Formatted Input
|
||
******************
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Formatted Input Strings::
|
||
* Formatted Input Functions::
|
||
* C++ Formatted Input::
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Formatted Input Strings, Next: Formatted Input Functions, Prev: Formatted Input, Up: Formatted Input
|
||
|
||
11.1 Formatted Input Strings
|
||
============================
|
||
|
||
`gmp_scanf' and friends accept format strings similar to the standard C
|
||
`scanf' (*note Formatted Input: (libc)Formatted Input.). A format
|
||
specification is of the form
|
||
|
||
% [flags] [width] [type] conv
|
||
|
||
MPIR adds types `Z', `Q' and `F' for `mpz_t', `mpq_t' and `mpf_t'
|
||
respectively. `Z' and `Q' behave like integers. `Q' will read a `/'
|
||
and a denominator, if present. `F' behaves like a float.
|
||
|
||
MPIR variables don't require an `&' when passed to `gmp_scanf', since
|
||
they're already "call-by-reference". For example,
|
||
|
||
/* to read say "a(5) = 1234" */
|
||
int n;
|
||
mpz_t z;
|
||
gmp_scanf ("a(%d) = %Zd\n", &n, z);
|
||
|
||
mpq_t q1, q2;
|
||
gmp_sscanf ("0377 + 0x10/0x11", "%Qi + %Qi", q1, q2);
|
||
|
||
/* to read say "topleft (1.55,-2.66)" */
|
||
mpf_t x, y;
|
||
char buf[32];
|
||
gmp_scanf ("%31s (%Ff,%Ff)", buf, x, y);
|
||
|
||
All the standard C `scanf' types behave the same as in the C library
|
||
`scanf', and can be freely intermixed with the MPIR extensions. In the
|
||
current implementation the standard parts of the format string are
|
||
simply handed to `scanf' and only the MPIR extensions handled directly.
|
||
|
||
The flags accepted are as follows. `a' and `'' will depend on
|
||
support from the C library, and `'' cannot be used with MPIR types.
|
||
|
||
* read but don't store
|
||
a allocate a buffer (string conversions)
|
||
' grouped digits, GLIBC style (not MPIR
|
||
types)
|
||
|
||
The standard types accepted are as follows. `h' and `l' are
|
||
portable, the rest will depend on the compiler (or include files) for
|
||
the type and the C library for the input.
|
||
|
||
h short
|
||
hh char
|
||
j intmax_t or uintmax_t
|
||
l long int, double or wchar_t
|
||
ll long long
|
||
L long double
|
||
q quad_t or u_quad_t
|
||
t ptrdiff_t
|
||
z size_t
|
||
|
||
The MPIR types are
|
||
|
||
F mpf_t, float conversions
|
||
Q mpq_t, integer conversions
|
||
Z mpz_t, integer conversions
|
||
|
||
The conversions accepted are as follows. `p' and `[' will depend on
|
||
support from the C library, the rest are standard.
|
||
|
||
c character or characters
|
||
d decimal integer
|
||
e E f g G float
|
||
i integer with base indicator
|
||
n characters read so far
|
||
o octal integer
|
||
p pointer
|
||
s string of non-whitespace characters
|
||
u decimal integer
|
||
x X hex integer
|
||
[ string of characters in a set
|
||
|
||
`e', `E', `f', `g' and `G' are identical, they all read either fixed
|
||
point or scientific format, and either upper or lower case `e' for the
|
||
exponent in scientific format.
|
||
|
||
C99 style hex float format (`printf %a', *note Formatted Output
|
||
Strings::) is always accepted for `mpf_t', but for the standard float
|
||
types it will depend on the C library.
|
||
|
||
`x' and `X' are identical, both accept both upper and lower case
|
||
hexadecimal.
|
||
|
||
`o', `u', `x' and `X' all read positive or negative values. For the
|
||
standard C types these are described as "unsigned" conversions, but
|
||
that merely affects certain overflow handling, negatives are still
|
||
allowed (per `strtoul', *note Parsing of Integers: (libc)Parsing of
|
||
Integers.). For MPIR types there are no overflows, so `d' and `u' are
|
||
identical.
|
||
|
||
`Q' type reads the numerator and (optional) denominator as given.
|
||
If the value might not be in canonical form then `mpq_canonicalize'
|
||
must be called before using it in any calculations (*note Rational
|
||
Number Functions::).
|
||
|
||
`Qi' will read a base specification separately for the numerator and
|
||
denominator. For example `0x10/11' would be 16/11, whereas `0x10/0x11'
|
||
would be 16/17.
|
||
|
||
`n' can be used with any of the types above, even the MPIR types.
|
||
`*' to suppress assignment is allowed, though in that case it would do
|
||
nothing at all.
|
||
|
||
Other conversions or types that might be accepted by the C library
|
||
`scanf' cannot be used through `gmp_scanf'.
|
||
|
||
Whitespace is read and discarded before a field, except for `c' and
|
||
`[' conversions.
|
||
|
||
For float conversions, the decimal point character (or string)
|
||
expected is taken from the current locale settings on systems which
|
||
provide `localeconv' (*note Locales and Internationalization:
|
||
(libc)Locales.). The C library will normally do the same for standard
|
||
float input.
|
||
|
||
The format string is only interpreted as plain `char's, multibyte
|
||
characters are not recognised. Perhaps this will change in the future.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Formatted Input Functions, Next: C++ Formatted Input, Prev: Formatted Input Strings, Up: Formatted Input
|
||
|
||
11.2 Formatted Input Functions
|
||
==============================
|
||
|
||
Each of the following functions is similar to the corresponding C
|
||
library function. The plain `scanf' forms take a variable argument
|
||
list. The `vscanf' forms take an argument pointer, see *note Variadic
|
||
Functions: (libc)Variadic Functions, or `man 3 va_start'.
|
||
|
||
It should be emphasised that if a format string is invalid, or the
|
||
arguments don't match what the format specifies, then the behaviour of
|
||
any of these functions will be unpredictable. GCC format string
|
||
checking is not available, since it doesn't recognise the MPIR
|
||
extensions.
|
||
|
||
No overlap is permitted between the FMT string and any of the results
|
||
produced.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int gmp_scanf (const char *FMT, ...)
|
||
-- Function: int gmp_vscanf (const char *FMT, va_list AP)
|
||
Read from the standard input `stdin'.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int gmp_fscanf (FILE *FP, const char *FMT, ...)
|
||
-- Function: int gmp_vfscanf (FILE *FP, const char *FMT, va_list AP)
|
||
Read from the stream FP.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: int gmp_sscanf (const char *S, const char *FMT, ...)
|
||
-- Function: int gmp_vsscanf (const char *S, const char *FMT, va_list
|
||
AP)
|
||
Read from a null-terminated string S.
|
||
|
||
The return value from each of these functions is the same as the
|
||
standard C99 `scanf', namely the number of fields successfully parsed
|
||
and stored. `%n' fields and fields read but suppressed by `*' don't
|
||
count towards the return value.
|
||
|
||
If end of input (or a file error) is reached before a character for
|
||
a field or a literal, and if no previous non-suppressed fields have
|
||
matched, then the return value is `EOF' instead of 0. A whitespace
|
||
character in the format string is only an optional match and doesn't
|
||
induce an `EOF' in this fashion. Leading whitespace read and discarded
|
||
for a field don't count as characters for that field.
|
||
|
||
For the MPIR types, input parsing follows C99 rules, namely one
|
||
character of lookahead is used and characters are read while they
|
||
continue to meet the format requirements. If this doesn't provide a
|
||
complete number then the function terminates, with that field not
|
||
stored nor counted towards the return value. For instance with `mpf_t'
|
||
an input `1.23e-XYZ' would be read up to the `X' and that character
|
||
pushed back since it's not a digit. The string `1.23e-' would then be
|
||
considered invalid since an `e' must be followed by at least one digit.
|
||
|
||
For the standard C types, in the current implementation MPIR calls
|
||
the C library `scanf' functions, which might have looser rules about
|
||
what constitutes a valid input.
|
||
|
||
Note that `gmp_sscanf' is the same as `gmp_fscanf' and only does one
|
||
character of lookahead when parsing. Although clearly it could look at
|
||
its entire input, it is deliberately made identical to `gmp_fscanf',
|
||
the same way C99 `sscanf' is the same as `fscanf'.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: C++ Formatted Input, Prev: Formatted Input Functions, Up: Formatted Input
|
||
|
||
11.3 C++ Formatted Input
|
||
========================
|
||
|
||
The following functions are provided in `libmpirxx' (*note Headers and
|
||
Libraries::), which is built only if C++ support is enabled (*note
|
||
Build Options::). Prototypes are available from `<mpir.h>'.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: istream& operator>> (istream& STREAM, mpz_t ROP)
|
||
Read ROP from STREAM, using its `ios' formatting settings.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: istream& operator>> (istream& STREAM, mpq_t ROP)
|
||
An integer like `123' will be read, or a fraction like `5/9'. No
|
||
whitespace is allowed around the `/'. If the fraction is not in
|
||
canonical form then `mpq_canonicalize' must be called (*note
|
||
Rational Number Functions::) before operating on it.
|
||
|
||
As per integer input, an `0' or `0x' base indicator is read when
|
||
none of `ios::dec', `ios::oct' or `ios::hex' are set. This is
|
||
done separately for numerator and denominator, so that for instance
|
||
`0x10/11' is 16/11 and `0x10/0x11' is 16/17.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: istream& operator>> (istream& STREAM, mpf_t ROP)
|
||
Read ROP from STREAM, using its `ios' formatting settings.
|
||
|
||
Hex or octal floats are not supported, but might be in the future,
|
||
or perhaps it's best to accept only what the standard float
|
||
`operator>>' does.
|
||
|
||
Note that digit grouping specified by the `istream' locale is
|
||
currently not accepted. Perhaps this will change in the future.
|
||
|
||
|
||
These operators mean that MPIR types can be read in the usual C++
|
||
way, for example,
|
||
|
||
mpz_t z;
|
||
...
|
||
cin >> z;
|
||
|
||
But note that `istream' input (and `ostream' output, *note C++
|
||
Formatted Output::) is the only overloading available for the MPIR
|
||
types and that for instance using `+' with an `mpz_t' will have
|
||
unpredictable results. For classes with overloading, see *note C++
|
||
Class Interface::.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: C++ Class Interface, Next: Custom Allocation, Prev: Formatted Input, Up: Top
|
||
|
||
12 C++ Class Interface
|
||
**********************
|
||
|
||
This chapter describes the C++ class based interface to MPIR.
|
||
|
||
All MPIR C language types and functions can be used in C++ programs,
|
||
since `mpir.h' has `extern "C"' qualifiers, but the class interface
|
||
offers overloaded functions and operators which may be more convenient.
|
||
|
||
Due to the implementation of this interface, a reasonably recent C++
|
||
compiler is required, one supporting namespaces, partial specialization
|
||
of templates and member templates. For GCC this means version 2.91 or
|
||
later.
|
||
|
||
*Everything described in this chapter is to be considered preliminary
|
||
and might be subject to incompatible changes if some unforeseen
|
||
difficulty reveals itself.*
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* C++ Interface General::
|
||
* C++ Interface Integers::
|
||
* C++ Interface Rationals::
|
||
* C++ Interface Floats::
|
||
* C++ Interface Random Numbers::
|
||
* C++ Interface Limitations::
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: C++ Interface General, Next: C++ Interface Integers, Prev: C++ Class Interface, Up: C++ Class Interface
|
||
|
||
12.1 C++ Interface General
|
||
==========================
|
||
|
||
All the C++ classes and functions are available with
|
||
|
||
#include <mpirxx.h>
|
||
|
||
Programs should be linked with the `libmpirxx' and `libmpir'
|
||
libraries. For example,
|
||
|
||
g++ mycxxprog.cc -lmpirxx -lmpir
|
||
|
||
The classes defined are
|
||
|
||
-- Class: mpz_class
|
||
-- Class: mpq_class
|
||
-- Class: mpf_class
|
||
|
||
The standard operators and various standard functions are overloaded
|
||
to allow arithmetic with these classes. For example,
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
main (void)
|
||
{
|
||
mpz_class a, b, c;
|
||
|
||
a = 1234;
|
||
b = "-5678";
|
||
c = a+b;
|
||
cout << "sum is " << c << "\n";
|
||
cout << "absolute value is " << abs(c) << "\n";
|
||
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
An important feature of the implementation is that an expression like
|
||
`a=b+c' results in a single call to the corresponding `mpz_add',
|
||
without using a temporary for the `b+c' part. Expressions which by
|
||
their nature imply intermediate values, like `a=b*c+d*e', still use
|
||
temporaries though.
|
||
|
||
The classes can be freely intermixed in expressions, as can the
|
||
classes and the standard types `long', `unsigned long' and `double'.
|
||
Smaller types like `int' or `float' can also be intermixed, since C++
|
||
will promote them.
|
||
|
||
Note that `bool' is not accepted directly, but must be explicitly
|
||
cast to an `int' first. This is because C++ will automatically convert
|
||
any pointer to a `bool', so if MPIR accepted `bool' it would make all
|
||
sorts of invalid class and pointer combinations compile but almost
|
||
certainly not do anything sensible.
|
||
|
||
Conversions back from the classes to standard C++ types aren't done
|
||
automatically, instead member functions like `get_si' are provided (see
|
||
the following sections for details).
|
||
|
||
Also there are no automatic conversions from the classes to the
|
||
corresponding MPIR C types, instead a reference to the underlying C
|
||
object can be obtained with the following functions,
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mpz_t mpz_class::get_mpz_t ()
|
||
-- Function: mpq_t mpq_class::get_mpq_t ()
|
||
-- Function: mpf_t mpf_class::get_mpf_t ()
|
||
|
||
These can be used to call a C function which doesn't have a C++ class
|
||
interface. For example to set `a' to the GCD of `b' and `c',
|
||
|
||
mpz_class a, b, c;
|
||
...
|
||
mpz_gcd (a.get_mpz_t(), b.get_mpz_t(), c.get_mpz_t());
|
||
|
||
In the other direction, a class can be initialized from the
|
||
corresponding MPIR C type, or assigned to if an explicit constructor is
|
||
used. In both cases this makes a copy of the value, it doesn't create
|
||
any sort of association. For example,
|
||
|
||
mpz_t z;
|
||
// ... init and calculate z ...
|
||
mpz_class x(z);
|
||
mpz_class y;
|
||
y = mpz_class (z);
|
||
|
||
There are no namespace setups in `mpirxx.h', all types and functions
|
||
are simply put into the global namespace. This is what `mpir.h' has
|
||
done in the past, and continues to do for compatibility. The extras
|
||
provided by `mpirxx.h' follow MPIR naming conventions and are unlikely
|
||
to clash with anything.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: C++ Interface Integers, Next: C++ Interface Rationals, Prev: C++ Interface General, Up: C++ Class Interface
|
||
|
||
12.2 C++ Interface Integers
|
||
===========================
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_class::mpz_class (type N)
|
||
Construct an `mpz_class'. All the standard C++ types may be used,
|
||
except `long long' and `long double', and all the MPIR C++ classes
|
||
can be used. Any necessary conversion follows the corresponding C
|
||
function, for example `double' follows `mpz_set_d' (*note
|
||
Assigning Integers::).
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_class::mpz_class (mpz_t Z)
|
||
Construct an `mpz_class' from an `mpz_t'. The value in Z is
|
||
copied into the new `mpz_class', there won't be any permanent
|
||
association between it and Z.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_class::mpz_class (const char *S)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_class::mpz_class (const char *S, int BASE = 0)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_class::mpz_class (const string& S)
|
||
-- Function: void mpz_class::mpz_class (const string& S, int BASE = 0)
|
||
Construct an `mpz_class' converted from a string using
|
||
`mpz_set_str' (*note Assigning Integers::).
|
||
|
||
If the string is not a valid integer, an `std::invalid_argument'
|
||
exception is thrown. The same applies to `operator='.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mpz_class operator/ (mpz_class A, mpz_class D)
|
||
-- Function: mpz_class operator% (mpz_class A, mpz_class D)
|
||
Divisions involving `mpz_class' round towards zero, as per the
|
||
`mpz_tdiv_q' and `mpz_tdiv_r' functions (*note Integer Division::).
|
||
This is the same as the C99 `/' and `%' operators.
|
||
|
||
The `mpz_fdiv...' or `mpz_cdiv...' functions can always be called
|
||
directly if desired. For example,
|
||
|
||
mpz_class q, a, d;
|
||
...
|
||
mpz_fdiv_q (q.get_mpz_t(), a.get_mpz_t(), d.get_mpz_t());
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mpz_class abs (mpz_class OP1)
|
||
-- Function: int cmp (mpz_class OP1, type OP2)
|
||
-- Function: int cmp (type OP1, mpz_class OP2)
|
||
-- Function: bool mpz_class::fits_sint_p (void)
|
||
-- Function: bool mpz_class::fits_slong_p (void)
|
||
-- Function: bool mpz_class::fits_sshort_p (void)
|
||
-- Function: bool mpz_class::fits_uint_p (void)
|
||
-- Function: bool mpz_class::fits_ulong_p (void)
|
||
-- Function: bool mpz_class::fits_ushort_p (void)
|
||
-- Function: double mpz_class::get_d (void)
|
||
-- Function: long mpz_class::get_si (void)
|
||
-- Function: string mpz_class::get_str (int BASE = 10)
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long mpz_class::get_ui (void)
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_class::set_str (const char *STR, int BASE)
|
||
-- Function: int mpz_class::set_str (const string& STR, int BASE)
|
||
-- Function: int sgn (mpz_class OP)
|
||
-- Function: mpz_class sqrt (mpz_class OP)
|
||
These functions provide a C++ class interface to the corresponding
|
||
MPIR C routines.
|
||
|
||
`cmp' can be used with any of the classes or the standard C++
|
||
types, except `long long' and `long double'.
|
||
|
||
|
||
Overloaded operators for combinations of `mpz_class' and `double'
|
||
are provided for completeness, but it should be noted that if the given
|
||
`double' is not an integer then the way any rounding is done is
|
||
currently unspecified. The rounding might take place at the start, in
|
||
the middle, or at the end of the operation, and it might change in the
|
||
future.
|
||
|
||
Conversions between `mpz_class' and `double', however, are defined
|
||
to follow the corresponding C functions `mpz_get_d' and `mpz_set_d'.
|
||
And comparisons are always made exactly, as per `mpz_cmp_d'.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: C++ Interface Rationals, Next: C++ Interface Floats, Prev: C++ Interface Integers, Up: C++ Class Interface
|
||
|
||
12.3 C++ Interface Rationals
|
||
============================
|
||
|
||
In all the following constructors, if a fraction is given then it
|
||
should be in canonical form, or if not then `mpq_class::canonicalize'
|
||
called.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_class::mpq_class (type OP)
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_class::mpq_class (integer NUM, integer DEN)
|
||
Construct an `mpq_class'. The initial value can be a single value
|
||
of any type, or a pair of integers (`mpz_class' or standard C++
|
||
integer types) representing a fraction, except that `long long'
|
||
and `long double' are not supported. For example,
|
||
|
||
mpq_class q (99);
|
||
mpq_class q (1.75);
|
||
mpq_class q (1, 3);
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_class::mpq_class (mpq_t Q)
|
||
Construct an `mpq_class' from an `mpq_t'. The value in Q is
|
||
copied into the new `mpq_class', there won't be any permanent
|
||
association between it and Q.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_class::mpq_class (const char *S)
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_class::mpq_class (const char *S, int BASE = 0)
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_class::mpq_class (const string& S)
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_class::mpq_class (const string& S, int BASE = 0)
|
||
Construct an `mpq_class' converted from a string using
|
||
`mpq_set_str' (*note Initializing Rationals::).
|
||
|
||
If the string is not a valid rational, an `std::invalid_argument'
|
||
exception is thrown. The same applies to `operator='.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpq_class::canonicalize ()
|
||
Put an `mpq_class' into canonical form, as per *note Rational
|
||
Number Functions::. All arithmetic operators require their
|
||
operands in canonical form, and will return results in canonical
|
||
form.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mpq_class abs (mpq_class OP)
|
||
-- Function: int cmp (mpq_class OP1, type OP2)
|
||
-- Function: int cmp (type OP1, mpq_class OP2)
|
||
-- Function: double mpq_class::get_d (void)
|
||
-- Function: string mpq_class::get_str (int BASE = 10)
|
||
-- Function: int mpq_class::set_str (const char *STR, int BASE)
|
||
-- Function: int mpq_class::set_str (const string& STR, int BASE)
|
||
-- Function: int sgn (mpq_class OP)
|
||
These functions provide a C++ class interface to the corresponding
|
||
MPIR C routines.
|
||
|
||
`cmp' can be used with any of the classes or the standard C++
|
||
types, except `long long' and `long double'.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mpz_class& mpq_class::get_num ()
|
||
-- Function: mpz_class& mpq_class::get_den ()
|
||
Get a reference to an `mpz_class' which is the numerator or
|
||
denominator of an `mpq_class'. This can be used both for read and
|
||
write access. If the object returned is modified, it modifies the
|
||
original `mpq_class'.
|
||
|
||
If direct manipulation might produce a non-canonical value, then
|
||
`mpq_class::canonicalize' must be called before further operations.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mpz_t mpq_class::get_num_mpz_t ()
|
||
-- Function: mpz_t mpq_class::get_den_mpz_t ()
|
||
Get a reference to the underlying `mpz_t' numerator or denominator
|
||
of an `mpq_class'. This can be passed to C functions expecting an
|
||
`mpz_t'. Any modifications made to the `mpz_t' will modify the
|
||
original `mpq_class'.
|
||
|
||
If direct manipulation might produce a non-canonical value, then
|
||
`mpq_class::canonicalize' must be called before further operations.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: istream& operator>> (istream& STREAM, mpq_class& ROP);
|
||
Read ROP from STREAM, using its `ios' formatting settings, the
|
||
same as `mpq_t operator>>' (*note C++ Formatted Input::).
|
||
|
||
If the ROP read might not be in canonical form then
|
||
`mpq_class::canonicalize' must be called.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: C++ Interface Floats, Next: C++ Interface Random Numbers, Prev: C++ Interface Rationals, Up: C++ Class Interface
|
||
|
||
12.4 C++ Interface Floats
|
||
=========================
|
||
|
||
When an expression requires the use of temporary intermediate
|
||
`mpf_class' values, like `f=g*h+x*y', those temporaries will have the
|
||
same precision as the destination `f'. Explicit constructors can be
|
||
used if this doesn't suit.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mpf_class::mpf_class (type OP)
|
||
-- Function: mpf_class::mpf_class (type OP, unsigned long PREC)
|
||
Construct an `mpf_class'. Any standard C++ type can be used,
|
||
except `long long' and `long double', and any of the MPIR C++
|
||
classes can be used.
|
||
|
||
If PREC is given, the initial precision is that value, in bits. If
|
||
PREC is not given, then the initial precision is determined by the
|
||
type of OP given. An `mpz_class', `mpq_class', or C++ builtin
|
||
type will give the default `mpf' precision (*note Initializing
|
||
Floats::). An `mpf_class' or expression will give the precision
|
||
of that value. The precision of a binary expression is the higher
|
||
of the two operands.
|
||
|
||
mpf_class f(1.5); // default precision
|
||
mpf_class f(1.5, 500); // 500 bits (at least)
|
||
mpf_class f(x); // precision of x
|
||
mpf_class f(abs(x)); // precision of x
|
||
mpf_class f(-g, 1000); // 1000 bits (at least)
|
||
mpf_class f(x+y); // greater of precisions of x and y
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_class::mpf_class (const char *S)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_class::mpf_class (const char *S, unsigned long
|
||
PREC, int BASE = 0)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_class::mpf_class (const string& S)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_class::mpf_class (const string& S, unsigned long
|
||
PREC, int BASE = 0)
|
||
Construct an `mpf_class' converted from a string using
|
||
`mpf_set_str' (*note Assigning Floats::). If PREC is given, the
|
||
initial precision is that value, in bits. If not, the default
|
||
`mpf' precision (*note Initializing Floats::) is used.
|
||
|
||
If the string is not a valid float, an `std::invalid_argument'
|
||
exception is thrown. The same applies to `operator='.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mpf_class& mpf_class::operator= (type OP)
|
||
Convert and store the given OP value to an `mpf_class' object. The
|
||
same types are accepted as for the constructors above.
|
||
|
||
Note that `operator=' only stores a new value, it doesn't copy or
|
||
change the precision of the destination, instead the value is
|
||
truncated if necessary. This is the same as `mpf_set' etc. Note
|
||
in particular this means for `mpf_class' a copy constructor is not
|
||
the same as a default constructor plus assignment.
|
||
|
||
mpf_class x (y); // x created with precision of y
|
||
|
||
mpf_class x; // x created with default precision
|
||
x = y; // value truncated to that precision
|
||
|
||
Applications using templated code may need to be careful about the
|
||
assumptions the code makes in this area, when working with
|
||
`mpf_class' values of various different or non-default precisions.
|
||
For instance implementations of the standard `complex' template
|
||
have been seen in both styles above, though of course `complex' is
|
||
normally only actually specified for use with the builtin float
|
||
types.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mpf_class abs (mpf_class OP)
|
||
-- Function: mpf_class ceil (mpf_class OP)
|
||
-- Function: int cmp (mpf_class OP1, type OP2)
|
||
-- Function: int cmp (type OP1, mpf_class OP2)
|
||
-- Function: bool mpf_class::fits_sint_p (void)
|
||
-- Function: bool mpf_class::fits_slong_p (void)
|
||
-- Function: bool mpf_class::fits_sshort_p (void)
|
||
-- Function: bool mpf_class::fits_uint_p (void)
|
||
-- Function: bool mpf_class::fits_ulong_p (void)
|
||
-- Function: bool mpf_class::fits_ushort_p (void)
|
||
-- Function: mpf_class floor (mpf_class OP)
|
||
-- Function: mpf_class hypot (mpf_class OP1, mpf_class OP2)
|
||
-- Function: double mpf_class::get_d (void)
|
||
-- Function: long mpf_class::get_si (void)
|
||
-- Function: string mpf_class::get_str (mp_exp_t& EXP, int BASE = 10,
|
||
size_t DIGITS = 0)
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long mpf_class::get_ui (void)
|
||
-- Function: int mpf_class::set_str (const char *STR, int BASE)
|
||
-- Function: int mpf_class::set_str (const string& STR, int BASE)
|
||
-- Function: int sgn (mpf_class OP)
|
||
-- Function: mpf_class sqrt (mpf_class OP)
|
||
-- Function: mpf_class trunc (mpf_class OP)
|
||
These functions provide a C++ class interface to the corresponding
|
||
MPIR C routines.
|
||
|
||
`cmp' can be used with any of the classes or the standard C++
|
||
types, except `long long' and `long double'.
|
||
|
||
The accuracy provided by `hypot' is not currently guaranteed.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: unsigned long int mpf_class::get_prec ()
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_class::set_prec (unsigned long PREC)
|
||
-- Function: void mpf_class::set_prec_raw (unsigned long PREC)
|
||
Get or set the current precision of an `mpf_class'.
|
||
|
||
The restrictions described for `mpf_set_prec_raw' (*note
|
||
Initializing Floats::) apply to `mpf_class::set_prec_raw'. Note
|
||
in particular that the `mpf_class' must be restored to it's
|
||
allocated precision before being destroyed. This must be done by
|
||
application code, there's no automatic mechanism for it.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: C++ Interface Random Numbers, Next: C++ Interface Limitations, Prev: C++ Interface Floats, Up: C++ Class Interface
|
||
|
||
12.5 C++ Interface Random Numbers
|
||
=================================
|
||
|
||
-- Class: gmp_randclass
|
||
The C++ class interface to the MPIR random number functions uses
|
||
`gmp_randclass' to hold an algorithm selection and current state,
|
||
as per `gmp_randstate_t'.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: gmp_randclass::gmp_randclass (void (*RANDINIT)
|
||
(gmp_randstate_t, ...), ...)
|
||
Construct a `gmp_randclass', using a call to the given RANDINIT
|
||
function (*note Random State Initialization::). The arguments
|
||
expected are the same as RANDINIT, but with `mpz_class' instead of
|
||
`mpz_t'. For example,
|
||
|
||
gmp_randclass r1 (gmp_randinit_default);
|
||
gmp_randclass r2 (gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size, 32);
|
||
gmp_randclass r3 (gmp_randinit_lc_2exp, a, c, m2exp);
|
||
gmp_randclass r4 (gmp_randinit_mt);
|
||
|
||
`gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size' will fail if the size requested is too
|
||
big, an `std::length_error' exception is thrown in that case.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void gmp_randclass::seed (unsigned long int S)
|
||
-- Function: void gmp_randclass::seed (mpz_class S)
|
||
Seed a random number generator. See *note Random Number
|
||
Functions::, for how to choose a good seed.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mpz_class gmp_randclass::get_z_bits (unsigned long BITS)
|
||
-- Function: mpz_class gmp_randclass::get_z_bits (mpz_class BITS)
|
||
Generate a random integer with a specified number of bits.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mpz_class gmp_randclass::get_z_range (mpz_class N)
|
||
Generate a random integer in the range 0 to N-1 inclusive.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: mpf_class gmp_randclass::get_f ()
|
||
-- Function: mpf_class gmp_randclass::get_f (unsigned long PREC)
|
||
Generate a random float F in the range 0 <= F < 1. F will be to
|
||
PREC bits precision, or if PREC is not given then to the precision
|
||
of the destination. For example,
|
||
|
||
gmp_randclass r;
|
||
...
|
||
mpf_class f (0, 512); // 512 bits precision
|
||
f = r.get_f(); // random number, 512 bits
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: C++ Interface Limitations, Prev: C++ Interface Random Numbers, Up: C++ Class Interface
|
||
|
||
12.6 C++ Interface Limitations
|
||
==============================
|
||
|
||
`mpq_class' and Templated Reading
|
||
A generic piece of template code probably won't know that
|
||
`mpq_class' requires a `canonicalize' call if inputs read with
|
||
`operator>>' might be non-canonical. This can lead to incorrect
|
||
results.
|
||
|
||
`operator>>' behaves as it does for reasons of efficiency. A
|
||
canonicalize can be quite time consuming on large operands, and is
|
||
best avoided if it's not necessary.
|
||
|
||
But this potential difficulty reduces the usefulness of
|
||
`mpq_class'. Perhaps a mechanism to tell `operator>>' what to do
|
||
will be adopted in the future, maybe a preprocessor define, a
|
||
global flag, or an `ios' flag pressed into service. Or maybe, at
|
||
the risk of inconsistency, the `mpq_class' `operator>>' could
|
||
canonicalize and leave `mpq_t' `operator>>' not doing so, for use
|
||
on those occasions when that's acceptable. Send feedback or
|
||
alternate ideas to `http://groups.google.com/group/mpir-devel'.
|
||
|
||
Subclassing
|
||
Subclassing the MPIR C++ classes works, but is not currently
|
||
recommended.
|
||
|
||
Expressions involving subclasses resolve correctly (or seem to),
|
||
but in normal C++ fashion the subclass doesn't inherit
|
||
constructors and assignments. There's many of those in the MPIR
|
||
classes, and a good way to reestablish them in a subclass is not
|
||
yet provided.
|
||
|
||
Templated Expressions
|
||
A subtle difficulty exists when using expressions together with
|
||
application-defined template functions. Consider the following,
|
||
with `T' intended to be some numeric type,
|
||
|
||
template <class T>
|
||
T fun (const T &, const T &);
|
||
|
||
When used with, say, plain `mpz_class' variables, it works fine:
|
||
`T' is resolved as `mpz_class'.
|
||
|
||
mpz_class f(1), g(2);
|
||
fun (f, g); // Good
|
||
|
||
But when one of the arguments is an expression, it doesn't work.
|
||
|
||
mpz_class f(1), g(2), h(3);
|
||
fun (f, g+h); // Bad
|
||
|
||
This is because `g+h' ends up being a certain expression template
|
||
type internal to `mpirxx.h', which the C++ template resolution
|
||
rules are unable to automatically convert to `mpz_class'. The
|
||
workaround is simply to add an explicit cast.
|
||
|
||
mpz_class f(1), g(2), h(3);
|
||
fun (f, mpz_class(g+h)); // Good
|
||
|
||
Similarly, within `fun' it may be necessary to cast an expression
|
||
to type `T' when calling a templated `fun2'.
|
||
|
||
template <class T>
|
||
void fun (T f, T g)
|
||
{
|
||
fun2 (f, f+g); // Bad
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
template <class T>
|
||
void fun (T f, T g)
|
||
{
|
||
fun2 (f, T(f+g)); // Good
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Custom Allocation, Next: Language Bindings, Prev: C++ Class Interface, Up: Top
|
||
|
||
13 Custom Allocation
|
||
********************
|
||
|
||
By default MPIR uses `malloc', `realloc' and `free' for memory
|
||
allocation, and if they fail MPIR prints a message to the standard
|
||
error output and terminates the program.
|
||
|
||
Alternate functions can be specified, to allocate memory in a
|
||
different way or to have a different error action on running out of
|
||
memory.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mp_set_memory_functions (
|
||
void *(*ALLOC_FUNC_PTR) (size_t),
|
||
void *(*REALLOC_FUNC_PTR) (void *, size_t, size_t),
|
||
void (*FREE_FUNC_PTR) (void *, size_t))
|
||
Replace the current allocation functions from the arguments. If
|
||
an argument is `NULL', the corresponding default function is used.
|
||
|
||
These functions will be used for all memory allocation done by
|
||
MPIR, apart from temporary space from `alloca' if that function is
|
||
available and MPIR is configured to use it (*note Build Options::).
|
||
|
||
*Be sure to call `mp_set_memory_functions' only when there are no
|
||
active MPIR objects allocated using the previous memory functions!
|
||
Usually that means calling it before any other MPIR function.*
|
||
|
||
The functions supplied should fit the following declarations:
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void * allocate_function (size_t ALLOC_SIZE)
|
||
Return a pointer to newly allocated space with at least ALLOC_SIZE
|
||
bytes.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void * reallocate_function (void *PTR, size_t OLD_SIZE,
|
||
size_t NEW_SIZE)
|
||
Resize a previously allocated block PTR of OLD_SIZE bytes to be
|
||
NEW_SIZE bytes.
|
||
|
||
The block may be moved if necessary or if desired, and in that
|
||
case the smaller of OLD_SIZE and NEW_SIZE bytes must be copied to
|
||
the new location. The return value is a pointer to the resized
|
||
block, that being the new location if moved or just PTR if not.
|
||
|
||
PTR is never `NULL', it's always a previously allocated block.
|
||
NEW_SIZE may be bigger or smaller than OLD_SIZE.
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void free_function (void *PTR, size_t SIZE)
|
||
De-allocate the space pointed to by PTR.
|
||
|
||
PTR is never `NULL', it's always a previously allocated block of
|
||
SIZE bytes.
|
||
|
||
A "byte" here means the unit used by the `sizeof' operator.
|
||
|
||
The OLD_SIZE parameters to REALLOCATE_FUNCTION and FREE_FUNCTION are
|
||
passed for convenience, but of course can be ignored if not needed.
|
||
The default functions using `malloc' and friends for instance don't use
|
||
them.
|
||
|
||
No error return is allowed from any of these functions, if they
|
||
return then they must have performed the specified operation. In
|
||
particular note that ALLOCATE_FUNCTION or REALLOCATE_FUNCTION mustn't
|
||
return `NULL'.
|
||
|
||
Getting a different fatal error action is a good use for custom
|
||
allocation functions, for example giving a graphical dialog rather than
|
||
the default print to `stderr'. How much is possible when genuinely out
|
||
of memory is another question though.
|
||
|
||
There's currently no defined way for the allocation functions to
|
||
recover from an error such as out of memory, they must terminate
|
||
program execution. A `longjmp' or throwing a C++ exception will have
|
||
undefined results. This may change in the future.
|
||
|
||
MPIR may use allocated blocks to hold pointers to other allocated
|
||
blocks. This will limit the assumptions a conservative garbage
|
||
collection scheme can make.
|
||
|
||
Any custom allocation functions must align pointers to limb
|
||
boundaries. Thus if a limb is eight bytes (e.g. on x86_64), then all
|
||
blocks must be aligned to eight byte boundaries. Check the
|
||
configuration options for the custom allocation library in use. It is
|
||
not necessary to align blocks to SSE boundaries even when SSE code is
|
||
used. All MPIR assembly routines assume limb boundary alignment only
|
||
(which is the default for most standard memory managers).
|
||
|
||
Since the default MPIR allocation uses `malloc' and friends, those
|
||
functions will be linked in even if the first thing a program does is an
|
||
`mp_set_memory_functions'. It's necessary to change the MPIR sources if
|
||
this is a problem.
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- Function: void mp_get_memory_functions (
|
||
void *(**ALLOC_FUNC_PTR) (size_t),
|
||
void *(**REALLOC_FUNC_PTR) (void *, size_t, size_t),
|
||
void (**FREE_FUNC_PTR) (void *, size_t))
|
||
Get the current allocation functions, storing function pointers to
|
||
the locations given by the arguments. If an argument is `NULL',
|
||
that function pointer is not stored.
|
||
|
||
For example, to get just the current free function,
|
||
|
||
void (*freefunc) (void *, size_t);
|
||
|
||
mp_get_memory_functions (NULL, NULL, &freefunc);
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Language Bindings, Next: Algorithms, Prev: Custom Allocation, Up: Top
|
||
|
||
14 Language Bindings
|
||
********************
|
||
|
||
The following packages and projects offer access to MPIR from languages
|
||
other than C, though perhaps with varying levels of functionality and
|
||
efficiency.
|
||
|
||
|
||
C++
|
||
* MPIR C++ class interface, *note C++ Class Interface::
|
||
Straightforward interface, expression templates to eliminate
|
||
temporaries.
|
||
|
||
* ALP `http://www-sop.inria.fr/saga/logiciels/ALP/'
|
||
Linear algebra and polynomials using templates.
|
||
|
||
* Arithmos `http://www.win.ua.ac.be/~cant/arithmos/'
|
||
Rationals with infinities and square roots.
|
||
|
||
* CLN `http://www.ginac.de/CLN/'
|
||
High level classes for arithmetic.
|
||
|
||
* LiDIA `http://www.informatik.tu-darmstadt.de/TI/LiDIA/'
|
||
A C++ library for computational number theory.
|
||
|
||
* Linbox `http://www.linalg.org/'
|
||
Sparse vectors and matrices.
|
||
|
||
* NTL `http://www.shoup.net/ntl/'
|
||
A C++ number theory library.
|
||
|
||
D
|
||
* gmp-d `http://home.comcast.net/~benhinkle/gmp-d'
|
||
|
||
Fortran
|
||
* Omni F77 `http://phase.hpcc.jp/Omni/home.html'
|
||
Arbitrary precision floats.
|
||
|
||
Haskell
|
||
* Glasgow Haskell Compiler `http://www.haskell.org/ghc/'
|
||
|
||
Java
|
||
* Kaffe `http://www.kaffe.org/'
|
||
|
||
* Kissme `http://kissme.sourceforge.net/'
|
||
|
||
Lisp
|
||
* GNU Common Lisp `http://www.gnu.org/software/gcl/gcl.html'
|
||
|
||
* Librep `http://librep.sourceforge.net/'
|
||
|
||
* XEmacs (21.5.18 beta and up) `http://www.xemacs.org'
|
||
Optional big integers, rationals and floats using MPIR.
|
||
|
||
M4
|
||
* GNU m4 betas `http://www.seindal.dk/rene/gnu/'
|
||
Optionally provides an arbitrary precision `mpeval'.
|
||
|
||
ML
|
||
* MLton compiler `http://mlton.org/'
|
||
|
||
Objective Caml
|
||
* MLGMP `http://www.di.ens.fr/~monniaux/programmes.html.en'
|
||
|
||
* Numerix `http://pauillac.inria.fr/~quercia/'
|
||
Optionally using GMP.
|
||
|
||
Oz
|
||
* Mozart `http://www.mozart-oz.org/'
|
||
|
||
Pascal
|
||
* GNU Pascal Compiler `http://www.gnu-pascal.de/'
|
||
GMP unit.
|
||
|
||
* Numerix `http://pauillac.inria.fr/~quercia/'
|
||
For Free Pascal, optionally using GMP.
|
||
|
||
Perl
|
||
* GMP module, see `demos/perl' in the MPIR sources (*note
|
||
Demonstration Programs::).
|
||
|
||
* Math::GMP `http://www.cpan.org/'
|
||
Compatible with Math::BigInt, but not as many functions as
|
||
the GMP module above.
|
||
|
||
* Math::BigInt::GMP `http://www.cpan.org/'
|
||
Plug Math::GMP into normal Math::BigInt operations.
|
||
|
||
Pike
|
||
* mpz module in the standard distribution,
|
||
`http://pike.ida.liu.se/'
|
||
|
||
Prolog
|
||
* SWI Prolog `http://www.swi-prolog.org/'
|
||
Arbitrary precision floats.
|
||
|
||
Python
|
||
* mpz module in the standard distribution,
|
||
`http://www.python.org/'
|
||
|
||
* GMPY `http://gmpy.sourceforge.net/'
|
||
|
||
Scheme
|
||
* GNU Guile (upcoming 1.8)
|
||
`http://www.gnu.org/software/guile/guile.html'
|
||
|
||
* RScheme `http://www.rscheme.org/'
|
||
|
||
* STklos `http://www.stklos.org/'
|
||
|
||
Smalltalk
|
||
* GNU Smalltalk
|
||
`http://www.smalltalk.org/versions/GNUSmalltalk.html'
|
||
|
||
Other
|
||
* Axiom `http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/axiom'
|
||
Computer algebra using GCL.
|
||
|
||
* DrGenius `http://drgenius.seul.org/'
|
||
Geometry system and mathematical programming language.
|
||
|
||
* GiNaC `http://www.ginac.de/'
|
||
C++ computer algebra using CLN.
|
||
|
||
* GOO `http://www.googoogaga.org/'
|
||
Dynamic object oriented language.
|
||
|
||
* Maxima `http://www.ma.utexas.edu/users/wfs/maxima.html'
|
||
Macsyma computer algebra using GCL.
|
||
|
||
* Q `http://q-lang.sourceforge.net/'
|
||
Equational programming system.
|
||
|
||
* Regina `http://regina.sourceforge.net/'
|
||
Topological calculator.
|
||
|
||
* Yacas `http://www.xs4all.nl/~apinkus/yacas.html'
|
||
Yet another computer algebra system.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Algorithms, Next: Internals, Prev: Language Bindings, Up: Top
|
||
|
||
15 Algorithms
|
||
*************
|
||
|
||
This chapter is an introduction to some of the algorithms used for
|
||
various MPIR operations. The code is likely to be hard to understand
|
||
without knowing something about the algorithms.
|
||
|
||
Some MPIR internals are mentioned, but applications that expect to be
|
||
compatible with future MPIR releases should take care to use only the
|
||
documented functions.
|
||
|
||
Warning: this section is somewhat out-of-date.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Multiplication Algorithms::
|
||
* Division Algorithms::
|
||
* Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms::
|
||
* Powering Algorithms::
|
||
* Root Extraction Algorithms::
|
||
* Radix Conversion Algorithms::
|
||
* Other Algorithms::
|
||
* Assembler Coding::
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Multiplication Algorithms, Next: Division Algorithms, Prev: Algorithms, Up: Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.1 Multiplication
|
||
===================
|
||
|
||
NxN limb multiplications and squares are done using one of six
|
||
algorithms, as the size N increases.
|
||
|
||
Algorithm Threshold
|
||
Basecase (none)
|
||
Karatsuba `MUL_KARATSUBA_THRESHOLD'
|
||
Toom-3 `MUL_TOOM3_THRESHOLD'
|
||
Toom-4 `MUL_TOOM4_THRESHOLD'
|
||
Toom-7 `MUL_TOOM7_THRESHOLD'
|
||
FFT `MUL_FFT_THRESHOLD'
|
||
|
||
Similarly for squaring, with the `SQR' thresholds.
|
||
|
||
NxM multiplications of operands with different sizes above
|
||
`MUL_KARATSUBA_THRESHOLD' are currently done by splitting into MxM
|
||
pieces. The Karatsuba and Toom routines then operate only on equal size
|
||
operands. This is not very efficient, and is slated for improvement in
|
||
the future.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Basecase Multiplication::
|
||
* Karatsuba Multiplication::
|
||
* Toom 3-Way Multiplication::
|
||
* FFT Multiplication::
|
||
* Other Multiplication::
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Basecase Multiplication, Next: Karatsuba Multiplication, Prev: Multiplication Algorithms, Up: Multiplication Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.1.1 Basecase Multiplication
|
||
------------------------------
|
||
|
||
Basecase NxM multiplication is a straightforward rectangular set of
|
||
cross-products, the same as long multiplication done by hand and for
|
||
that reason sometimes known as the schoolbook or grammar school method.
|
||
This is an O(N*M) algorithm. See Knuth section 4.3.1 algorithm M
|
||
(*note References::), and the `mpn/generic/mul_basecase.c' code.
|
||
|
||
Assembler implementations of `mpn_mul_basecase' are essentially the
|
||
same as the generic C code, but have all the usual assembler tricks and
|
||
obscurities introduced for speed.
|
||
|
||
A square can be done in roughly half the time of a multiply, by
|
||
using the fact that the cross products above and below the diagonal are
|
||
the same. A triangle of products below the diagonal is formed, doubled
|
||
(left shift by one bit), and then the products on the diagonal added.
|
||
This can be seen in `mpn/generic/sqr_basecase.c'. Again the assembler
|
||
implementations take essentially the same approach.
|
||
|
||
u0 u1 u2 u3 u4
|
||
+---+---+---+---+---+
|
||
u0 | d | | | | |
|
||
+---+---+---+---+---+
|
||
u1 | | d | | | |
|
||
+---+---+---+---+---+
|
||
u2 | | | d | | |
|
||
+---+---+---+---+---+
|
||
u3 | | | | d | |
|
||
+---+---+---+---+---+
|
||
u4 | | | | | d |
|
||
+---+---+---+---+---+
|
||
|
||
In practice squaring isn't a full 2x faster than multiplying, it's
|
||
usually around 1.5x. Less than 1.5x probably indicates
|
||
`mpn_sqr_basecase' wants improving on that CPU.
|
||
|
||
On some CPUs `mpn_mul_basecase' can be faster than the generic C
|
||
`mpn_sqr_basecase' on some small sizes. `SQR_BASECASE_THRESHOLD' is
|
||
the size at which to use `mpn_sqr_basecase', this will be zero if that
|
||
routine should be used always.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Karatsuba Multiplication, Next: Toom 3-Way Multiplication, Prev: Basecase Multiplication, Up: Multiplication Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.1.2 Karatsuba Multiplication
|
||
-------------------------------
|
||
|
||
The Karatsuba multiplication algorithm is described in Knuth section
|
||
4.3.3 part A, and various other textbooks. A brief description is
|
||
given here.
|
||
|
||
The inputs x and y are treated as each split into two parts of equal
|
||
length (or the most significant part one limb shorter if N is odd).
|
||
|
||
high low
|
||
+----------+----------+
|
||
| x1 | x0 |
|
||
+----------+----------+
|
||
|
||
+----------+----------+
|
||
| y1 | y0 |
|
||
+----------+----------+
|
||
|
||
Let b be the power of 2 where the split occurs, ie. if x0 is k limbs
|
||
(y0 the same) then b=2^(k*mp_bits_per_limb). With that x=x1*b+x0 and
|
||
y=y1*b+y0, and the following holds,
|
||
|
||
x*y = (b^2+b)*x1*y1 - b*(x1-x0)*(y1-y0) + (b+1)*x0*y0
|
||
|
||
This formula means doing only three multiplies of (N/2)x(N/2) limbs,
|
||
whereas a basecase multiply of NxN limbs is equivalent to four
|
||
multiplies of (N/2)x(N/2). The factors (b^2+b) etc represent the
|
||
positions where the three products must be added.
|
||
|
||
high low
|
||
+--------+--------+ +--------+--------+
|
||
| x1*y1 | | x0*y0 |
|
||
+--------+--------+ +--------+--------+
|
||
+--------+--------+
|
||
add | x1*y1 |
|
||
+--------+--------+
|
||
+--------+--------+
|
||
add | x0*y0 |
|
||
+--------+--------+
|
||
+--------+--------+
|
||
sub | (x1-x0)*(y1-y0) |
|
||
+--------+--------+
|
||
|
||
The term (x1-x0)*(y1-y0) is best calculated as an absolute value,
|
||
and the sign used to choose to add or subtract. Notice the sum
|
||
high(x0*y0)+low(x1*y1) occurs twice, so it's possible to do 5*k limb
|
||
additions, rather than 6*k, but in MPIR extra function call overheads
|
||
outweigh the saving.
|
||
|
||
Squaring is similar to multiplying, but with x=y the formula reduces
|
||
to an equivalent with three squares,
|
||
|
||
x^2 = (b^2+b)*x1^2 - b*(x1-x0)^2 + (b+1)*x0^2
|
||
|
||
The final result is accumulated from those three squares the same
|
||
way as for the three multiplies above. The middle term (x1-x0)^2 is now
|
||
always positive.
|
||
|
||
A similar formula for both multiplying and squaring can be
|
||
constructed with a middle term (x1+x0)*(y1+y0). But those sums can
|
||
exceed k limbs, leading to more carry handling and additions than the
|
||
form above.
|
||
|
||
Karatsuba multiplication is asymptotically an O(N^1.585) algorithm,
|
||
the exponent being log(3)/log(2), representing 3 multiplies each 1/2
|
||
the size of the inputs. This is a big improvement over the basecase
|
||
multiply at O(N^2) and the advantage soon overcomes the extra additions
|
||
Karatsuba performs. `MUL_KARATSUBA_THRESHOLD' can be as little as 10
|
||
limbs. The `SQR' threshold is usually about twice the `MUL'.
|
||
|
||
The basecase algorithm will take a time of the form M(N) = a*N^2 +
|
||
b*N + c and the Karatsuba algorithm K(N) = 3*M(N/2) + d*N + e, which
|
||
expands to K(N) = 3/4*a*N^2 + 3/2*b*N + 3*c + d*N + e. The factor 3/4
|
||
for a means per-crossproduct speedups in the basecase code will
|
||
increase the threshold since they benefit M(N) more than K(N). And
|
||
conversely the 3/2 for b means linear style speedups of b will increase
|
||
the threshold since they benefit K(N) more than M(N). The latter can
|
||
be seen for instance when adding an optimized `mpn_sqr_diagonal' to
|
||
`mpn_sqr_basecase'. Of course all speedups reduce total time, and in
|
||
that sense the algorithm thresholds are merely of academic interest.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Toom 3-Way Multiplication, Next: FFT Multiplication, Prev: Karatsuba Multiplication, Up: Multiplication Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.1.3 Toom 3-Way Multiplication
|
||
--------------------------------
|
||
|
||
The Karatsuba formula is the simplest case of a general approach to
|
||
splitting inputs that leads to both Toom and FFT algorithms. A
|
||
description of Toom can be found in Knuth section 4.3.3, with an
|
||
example 3-way calculation after Theorem A. The 3-way form used in MPIR
|
||
is described here.
|
||
|
||
The operands are each considered split into 3 pieces of equal length
|
||
(or the most significant part 1 or 2 limbs shorter than the other two).
|
||
|
||
high low
|
||
+----------+----------+----------+
|
||
| x2 | x1 | x0 |
|
||
+----------+----------+----------+
|
||
|
||
+----------+----------+----------+
|
||
| y2 | y1 | y0 |
|
||
+----------+----------+----------+
|
||
|
||
These parts are treated as the coefficients of two polynomials
|
||
|
||
X(t) = x2*t^2 + x1*t + x0
|
||
Y(t) = y2*t^2 + y1*t + y0
|
||
|
||
Let b equal the power of 2 which is the size of the x0, x1, y0 and
|
||
y1 pieces, ie. if they're k limbs each then b=2^(k*mp_bits_per_limb).
|
||
With this x=X(b) and y=Y(b).
|
||
|
||
Let a polynomial W(t)=X(t)*Y(t) and suppose its coefficients are
|
||
|
||
W(t) = w4*t^4 + w3*t^3 + w2*t^2 + w1*t + w0
|
||
|
||
The w[i] are going to be determined, and when they are they'll give
|
||
the final result using w=W(b), since x*y=X(b)*Y(b)=W(b). The
|
||
coefficients will be roughly b^2 each, and the final W(b) will be an
|
||
addition like,
|
||
|
||
high low
|
||
+-------+-------+
|
||
| w4 |
|
||
+-------+-------+
|
||
+--------+-------+
|
||
| w3 |
|
||
+--------+-------+
|
||
+--------+-------+
|
||
| w2 |
|
||
+--------+-------+
|
||
+--------+-------+
|
||
| w1 |
|
||
+--------+-------+
|
||
+-------+-------+
|
||
| w0 |
|
||
+-------+-------+
|
||
|
||
The w[i] coefficients could be formed by a simple set of cross
|
||
products, like w4=x2*y2, w3=x2*y1+x1*y2, w2=x2*y0+x1*y1+x0*y2 etc, but
|
||
this would need all nine x[i]*y[j] for i,j=0,1,2, and would be
|
||
equivalent merely to a basecase multiply. Instead the following
|
||
approach is used.
|
||
|
||
X(t) and Y(t) are evaluated and multiplied at 5 points, giving
|
||
values of W(t) at those points. In MPIR the following points are used,
|
||
|
||
Point Value
|
||
t=0 x0 * y0, which gives w0 immediately
|
||
t=1 (x2+x1+x0) * (y2+y1+y0)
|
||
t=-1 (x2-x1+x0) * (y2-y1+y0)
|
||
t=2 (4*x2+2*x1+x0) * (4*y2+2*y1+y0)
|
||
t=inf x2 * y2, which gives w4 immediately
|
||
|
||
At t=-1 the values can be negative and that's handled using the
|
||
absolute values and tracking the sign separately. At t=inf the value
|
||
is actually X(t)*Y(t)/t^4 in the limit as t approaches infinity, but
|
||
it's much easier to think of as simply x2*y2 giving w4 immediately
|
||
(much like x0*y0 at t=0 gives w0 immediately).
|
||
|
||
Each of the points substituted into W(t)=w4*t^4+...+w0 gives a
|
||
linear combination of the w[i] coefficients, and the value of those
|
||
combinations has just been calculated.
|
||
|
||
W(0) = w0
|
||
W(1) = w4 + w3 + w2 + w1 + w0
|
||
W(-1) = w4 - w3 + w2 - w1 + w0
|
||
W(2) = 16*w4 + 8*w3 + 4*w2 + 2*w1 + w0
|
||
W(inf) = w4
|
||
|
||
This is a set of five equations in five unknowns, and some
|
||
elementary linear algebra quickly isolates each w[i]. This involves
|
||
adding or subtracting one W(t) value from another, and a couple of
|
||
divisions by powers of 2 and one division by 3, the latter using the
|
||
special `mpn_divexact_by3' (*note Exact Division::).
|
||
|
||
The conversion of W(t) values to the coefficients is interpolation.
|
||
A polynomial of degree 4 like W(t) is uniquely determined by values
|
||
known at 5 different points. The points are arbitrary and can be
|
||
chosen to make the linear equations come out with a convenient set of
|
||
steps for quickly isolating the w[i].
|
||
|
||
Squaring follows the same procedure as multiplication, but there's
|
||
only one X(t) and it's evaluated at the 5 points, and those values
|
||
squared to give values of W(t). The interpolation is then identical,
|
||
and in fact the same `toom3_interpolate' subroutine is used for both
|
||
squaring and multiplying.
|
||
|
||
Toom-3 is asymptotically O(N^1.465), the exponent being
|
||
log(5)/log(3), representing 5 recursive multiplies of 1/3 the original
|
||
size each. This is an improvement over Karatsuba at O(N^1.585), though
|
||
Toom does more work in the evaluation and interpolation and so it only
|
||
realizes its advantage above a certain size.
|
||
|
||
Near the crossover between Toom-3 and Karatsuba there's generally a
|
||
range of sizes where the difference between the two is small.
|
||
`MUL_TOOM3_THRESHOLD' is a somewhat arbitrary point in that range and
|
||
successive runs of the tune program can give different values due to
|
||
small variations in measuring. A graph of time versus size for the two
|
||
shows the effect, see `tune/README'.
|
||
|
||
At the fairly small sizes where the Toom-3 thresholds occur it's
|
||
worth remembering that the asymptotic behaviour for Karatsuba and
|
||
Toom-3 can't be expected to make accurate predictions, due of course to
|
||
the big influence of all sorts of overheads, and the fact that only a
|
||
few recursions of each are being performed. Even at large sizes
|
||
there's a good chance machine dependent effects like cache architecture
|
||
will mean actual performance deviates from what might be predicted.
|
||
|
||
The formula given for the Karatsuba algorithm (*note Karatsuba
|
||
Multiplication::) has an equivalent for Toom-3 involving only five
|
||
multiplies, but this would be complicated and unenlightening.
|
||
|
||
An alternate view of Toom-3 can be found in Zuras (*note
|
||
References::), using a vector to represent the x and y splits and a
|
||
matrix multiplication for the evaluation and interpolation stages. The
|
||
matrix inverses are not meant to be actually used, and they have
|
||
elements with values much greater than in fact arise in the
|
||
interpolation steps. The diagram shown for the 3-way is attractive,
|
||
but again doesn't have to be implemented that way and for example with
|
||
a bit of rearrangement just one division by 6 can be done.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: FFT Multiplication, Next: Other Multiplication, Prev: Toom 3-Way Multiplication, Up: Multiplication Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.1.4 FFT Multiplication
|
||
-------------------------
|
||
|
||
At large to very large sizes a Fermat style FFT multiplication is used,
|
||
following Scho"nhage and Strassen (*note References::). Descriptions
|
||
of FFTs in various forms can be found in many textbooks, for instance
|
||
Knuth section 4.3.3 part C or Lipson chapter IX. A brief description
|
||
of the form used in MPIR is given here.
|
||
|
||
The multiplication done is x*y mod 2^N+1, for a given N. A full
|
||
product x*y is obtained by choosing N>=bits(x)+bits(y) and padding x
|
||
and y with high zero limbs. The modular product is the native form for
|
||
the algorithm, so padding to get a full product is unavoidable.
|
||
|
||
The algorithm follows a split, evaluate, pointwise multiply,
|
||
interpolate and combine similar to that described above for Karatsuba
|
||
and Toom-3. A k parameter controls the split, with an FFT-k splitting
|
||
into 2^k pieces of M=N/2^k bits each. N must be a multiple of
|
||
(2^k)*mp_bits_per_limb so the split falls on limb boundaries, avoiding
|
||
bit shifts in the split and combine stages.
|
||
|
||
The evaluations, pointwise multiplications, and interpolation, are
|
||
all done modulo 2^N'+1 where N' is 2M+k+3 rounded up to a multiple of
|
||
2^k and of `mp_bits_per_limb'. The results of interpolation will be
|
||
the following negacyclic convolution of the input pieces, and the
|
||
choice of N' ensures these sums aren't truncated.
|
||
|
||
---
|
||
\ b
|
||
w[n] = / (-1) * x[i] * y[j]
|
||
---
|
||
i+j==b*2^k+n
|
||
b=0,1
|
||
|
||
The points used for the evaluation are g^i for i=0 to 2^k-1 where
|
||
g=2^(2N'/2^k). g is a 2^k'th root of unity mod 2^N'+1, which produces
|
||
necessary cancellations at the interpolation stage, and it's also a
|
||
power of 2 so the fast fourier transforms used for the evaluation and
|
||
interpolation do only shifts, adds and negations.
|
||
|
||
The pointwise multiplications are done modulo 2^N'+1 and either
|
||
recurse into a further FFT or use a plain multiplication (Toom-3,
|
||
Karatsuba or basecase), whichever is optimal at the size N'. The
|
||
interpolation is an inverse fast fourier transform. The resulting set
|
||
of sums of x[i]*y[j] are added at appropriate offsets to give the final
|
||
result.
|
||
|
||
Squaring is the same, but x is the only input so it's one transform
|
||
at the evaluate stage and the pointwise multiplies are squares. The
|
||
interpolation is the same.
|
||
|
||
For a mod 2^N+1 product, an FFT-k is an O(N^(k/(k-1))) algorithm,
|
||
the exponent representing 2^k recursed modular multiplies each
|
||
1/2^(k-1) the size of the original. Each successive k is an asymptotic
|
||
improvement, but overheads mean each is only faster at bigger and
|
||
bigger sizes. In the code, `MUL_FFT_TABLE' and `SQR_FFT_TABLE' are the
|
||
thresholds where each k is used. Each new k effectively swaps some
|
||
multiplying for some shifts, adds and overheads.
|
||
|
||
A mod 2^N+1 product can be formed with a normal NxN->2N bit multiply
|
||
plus a subtraction, so an FFT and Toom-3 etc can be compared directly.
|
||
A k=4 FFT at O(N^1.333) can be expected to be the first faster than
|
||
Toom-3 at O(N^1.465). In practice this is what's found, with
|
||
`MUL_FFT_MODF_THRESHOLD' and `SQR_FFT_MODF_THRESHOLD' being between 300
|
||
and 1000 limbs, depending on the CPU. So far it's been found that only
|
||
very large FFTs recurse into pointwise multiplies above these sizes.
|
||
|
||
When an FFT is to give a full product, the change of N to 2N doesn't
|
||
alter the theoretical complexity for a given k, but for the purposes of
|
||
considering where an FFT might be first used it can be assumed that the
|
||
FFT is recursing into a normal multiply and that on that basis it's
|
||
doing 2^k recursed multiplies each 1/2^(k-2) the size of the inputs,
|
||
making it O(N^(k/(k-2))). This would mean k=7 at O(N^1.4) would be the
|
||
first FFT faster than Toom-3. In practice `MUL_FFT_THRESHOLD' and
|
||
`SQR_FFT_THRESHOLD' have been found to be in the k=8 range, somewhere
|
||
between 3000 and 10000 limbs.
|
||
|
||
The way N is split into 2^k pieces and then 2M+k+3 is rounded up to
|
||
a multiple of 2^k and `mp_bits_per_limb' means that when
|
||
2^k>=mp_bits_per_limb the effective N is a multiple of 2^(2k-1) bits.
|
||
The +k+3 means some values of N just under such a multiple will be
|
||
rounded to the next. The complexity calculations above assume that a
|
||
favourable size is used, meaning one which isn't padded through
|
||
rounding, and it's also assumed that the extra +k+3 bits are negligible
|
||
at typical FFT sizes.
|
||
|
||
The practical effect of the 2^(2k-1) constraint is to introduce a
|
||
step-effect into measured speeds. For example k=8 will round N up to a
|
||
multiple of 32768 bits, so for a 32-bit limb there'll be 512 limb
|
||
groups of sizes for which `mpn_mul_n' runs at the same speed. Or for
|
||
k=9 groups of 2048 limbs, k=10 groups of 8192 limbs, etc. In practice
|
||
it's been found each k is used at quite small multiples of its size
|
||
constraint and so the step effect is quite noticeable in a time versus
|
||
size graph.
|
||
|
||
The threshold determinations currently measure at the mid-points of
|
||
size steps, but this is sub-optimal since at the start of a new step it
|
||
can happen that it's better to go back to the previous k for a while.
|
||
Something more sophisticated for `MUL_FFT_TABLE' and `SQR_FFT_TABLE'
|
||
will be needed.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Other Multiplication, Prev: FFT Multiplication, Up: Multiplication Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.1.5 Other Multiplication
|
||
---------------------------
|
||
|
||
The 3-way Toom algorithm described above (*note Toom 3-Way
|
||
Multiplication::) generalizes to split into an arbitrary number of
|
||
pieces, as per Knuth section 4.3.3 algorithm C. MPIR currently
|
||
implements Toom 4 and 7 routines.
|
||
|
||
In general a split into r+1 pieces is made, and evaluations and
|
||
pointwise multiplications done at 2*r+1 points. A 4-way split does 7
|
||
pointwise multiplies, 5-way does 9, etc. Asymptotically an (r+1)-way
|
||
algorithm is O(N^(log(2*r+1)/log(r+1))). Only the pointwise
|
||
multiplications count towards big-O complexity, but the time spent in
|
||
the evaluate and interpolate stages grows with r and has a significant
|
||
practical impact, with the asymptotic advantage of each r realized only
|
||
at bigger and bigger sizes. The overheads grow as O(N*r), whereas in
|
||
an r=2^k FFT they grow only as O(N*log(r)).
|
||
|
||
Knuth algorithm C evaluates at points 0,1,2,...,2*r, but exercise 4
|
||
uses -r,...,0,...,r and the latter saves some small multiplies in the
|
||
evaluate stage (or rather trades them for additions), and has a further
|
||
saving of nearly half the interpolate steps. The idea is to separate
|
||
odd and even final coefficients and then perform algorithm C steps C7
|
||
and C8 on them separately. The divisors at step C7 become j^2 and the
|
||
multipliers at C8 become 2*t*j-j^2.
|
||
|
||
Splitting odd and even parts through positive and negative points
|
||
can be thought of as using -1 as a square root of unity. If a 4th root
|
||
of unity was available then a further split and speedup would be
|
||
possible, but no such root exists for plain integers. Going to complex
|
||
integers with i=sqrt(-1) doesn't help, essentially because in cartesian
|
||
form it takes three real multiplies to do a complex multiply. The
|
||
existence of 2^k'th roots of unity in a suitable ring or field lets the
|
||
fast fourier transform keep splitting and get to O(N*log(r)).
|
||
|
||
Floating point FFTs use complex numbers approximating Nth roots of
|
||
unity. Some processors have special support for such FFTs. But these
|
||
are not used in MPIR since it's very difficult to guarantee an exact
|
||
result (to some number of bits). An occasional difference of 1 in the
|
||
last bit might not matter to a typical signal processing algorithm, but
|
||
is of course of vital importance to MPIR.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Division Algorithms, Next: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms, Prev: Multiplication Algorithms, Up: Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.2 Division Algorithms
|
||
========================
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Single Limb Division::
|
||
* Basecase Division::
|
||
* Divide and Conquer Division::
|
||
* Exact Division::
|
||
* Exact Remainder::
|
||
* Small Quotient Division::
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Single Limb Division, Next: Basecase Division, Prev: Division Algorithms, Up: Division Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.2.1 Single Limb Division
|
||
---------------------------
|
||
|
||
Nx1 division is implemented using repeated 2x1 divisions from high to
|
||
low, either with a hardware divide instruction or a multiplication by
|
||
inverse, whichever is best on a given CPU.
|
||
|
||
The multiply by inverse follows section 8 of "Division by Invariant
|
||
Integers using Multiplication" by Granlund and Montgomery (*note
|
||
References::) and is implemented as `udiv_qrnnd_preinv' in
|
||
`gmp-impl.h'. The idea is to have a fixed-point approximation to 1/d
|
||
(see `invert_limb') and then multiply by the high limb (plus one bit)
|
||
of the dividend to get a quotient q. With d normalized (high bit set),
|
||
q is no more than 1 too small. Subtracting q*d from the dividend gives
|
||
a remainder, and reveals whether q or q-1 is correct.
|
||
|
||
The result is a division done with two multiplications and four or
|
||
five arithmetic operations. On CPUs with low latency multipliers this
|
||
can be much faster than a hardware divide, though the cost of
|
||
calculating the inverse at the start may mean it's only better on
|
||
inputs bigger than say 4 or 5 limbs.
|
||
|
||
When a divisor must be normalized, either for the generic C
|
||
`__udiv_qrnnd_c' or the multiply by inverse, the division performed is
|
||
actually a*2^k by d*2^k where a is the dividend and k is the power
|
||
necessary to have the high bit of d*2^k set. The bit shifts for the
|
||
dividend are usually accomplished "on the fly" meaning by extracting
|
||
the appropriate bits at each step. Done this way the quotient limbs
|
||
come out aligned ready to store. When only the remainder is wanted, an
|
||
alternative is to take the dividend limbs unshifted and calculate r = a
|
||
mod d*2^k followed by an extra final step r*2^k mod d*2^k. This can
|
||
help on CPUs with poor bit shifts or few registers.
|
||
|
||
The multiply by inverse can be done two limbs at a time. The
|
||
calculation is basically the same, but the inverse is two limbs and the
|
||
divisor treated as if padded with a low zero limb. This means more
|
||
work, since the inverse will need a 2x2 multiply, but the four 1x1s to
|
||
do that are independent and can therefore be done partly or wholly in
|
||
parallel. Likewise for a 2x1 calculating q*d. The net effect is to
|
||
process two limbs with roughly the same two multiplies worth of latency
|
||
that one limb at a time gives. This extends to 3 or 4 limbs at a time,
|
||
though the extra work to apply the inverse will almost certainly soon
|
||
reach the limits of multiplier throughput.
|
||
|
||
A similar approach in reverse can be taken to process just half a
|
||
limb at a time if the divisor is only a half limb. In this case the
|
||
1x1 multiply for the inverse effectively becomes two (1/2)x1 for each
|
||
limb, which can be a saving on CPUs with a fast half limb multiply, or
|
||
in fact if the only multiply is a half limb, and especially if it's not
|
||
pipelined.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Basecase Division, Next: Divide and Conquer Division, Prev: Single Limb Division, Up: Division Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.2.2 Basecase Division
|
||
------------------------
|
||
|
||
Basecase NxM division is like long division done by hand, but in base
|
||
2^mp_bits_per_limb. See Knuth section 4.3.1 algorithm D, and
|
||
`mpn/generic/sb_divrem_mn.c'.
|
||
|
||
Briefly stated, while the dividend remains larger than the divisor,
|
||
a high quotient limb is formed and the Nx1 product q*d subtracted at
|
||
the top end of the dividend. With a normalized divisor (most
|
||
significant bit set), each quotient limb can be formed with a 2x1
|
||
division and a 1x1 multiplication plus some subtractions. The 2x1
|
||
division is by the high limb of the divisor and is done either with a
|
||
hardware divide or a multiply by inverse (the same as in *note Single
|
||
Limb Division::) whichever is faster. Such a quotient is sometimes one
|
||
too big, requiring an addback of the divisor, but that happens rarely.
|
||
|
||
With Q=N-M being the number of quotient limbs, this is an O(Q*M)
|
||
algorithm and will run at a speed similar to a basecase QxM
|
||
multiplication, differing in fact only in the extra multiply and divide
|
||
for each of the Q quotient limbs.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Divide and Conquer Division, Next: Exact Division, Prev: Basecase Division, Up: Division Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.2.3 Divide and Conquer Division
|
||
----------------------------------
|
||
|
||
For divisors larger than `DIV_DC_THRESHOLD', division is done by
|
||
dividing. Or to be precise by a recursive divide and conquer algorithm
|
||
based on work by Moenck and Borodin, Jebelean, and Burnikel and Ziegler
|
||
(*note References::).
|
||
|
||
The algorithm consists essentially of recognising that a 2NxN
|
||
division can be done with the basecase division algorithm (*note
|
||
Basecase Division::), but using N/2 limbs as a base, not just a single
|
||
limb. This way the multiplications that arise are (N/2)x(N/2) and can
|
||
take advantage of Karatsuba and higher multiplication algorithms (*note
|
||
Multiplication Algorithms::). The two "digits" of the quotient are
|
||
formed by recursive Nx(N/2) divisions.
|
||
|
||
If the (N/2)x(N/2) multiplies are done with a basecase multiplication
|
||
then the work is about the same as a basecase division, but with more
|
||
function call overheads and with some subtractions separated from the
|
||
multiplies. These overheads mean that it's only when N/2 is above
|
||
`MUL_KARATSUBA_THRESHOLD' that divide and conquer is of use.
|
||
|
||
`DIV_DC_THRESHOLD' is based on the divisor size N, so it will be
|
||
somewhere above twice `MUL_KARATSUBA_THRESHOLD', but how much above
|
||
depends on the CPU. An optimized `mpn_mul_basecase' can lower
|
||
`DIV_DC_THRESHOLD' a little by offering a ready-made advantage over
|
||
repeated `mpn_submul_1' calls.
|
||
|
||
Divide and conquer is asymptotically O(M(N)*log(N)) where M(N) is
|
||
the time for an NxN multiplication done with FFTs. The actual time is
|
||
a sum over multiplications of the recursed sizes, as can be seen near
|
||
the end of section 2.2 of Burnikel and Ziegler. For example, within
|
||
the Toom-3 range, divide and conquer is 2.63*M(N). With higher
|
||
algorithms the M(N) term improves and the multiplier tends to log(N).
|
||
In practice, at moderate to large sizes, a 2NxN division is about 2 to
|
||
4 times slower than an NxN multiplication.
|
||
|
||
Newton's method used for division is asymptotically O(M(N)) and
|
||
should therefore be superior to divide and conquer, but it's believed
|
||
this would only be for large to very large N.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Exact Division, Next: Exact Remainder, Prev: Divide and Conquer Division, Up: Division Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.2.4 Exact Division
|
||
---------------------
|
||
|
||
A so-called exact division is when the dividend is known to be an exact
|
||
multiple of the divisor. Jebelean's exact division algorithm uses this
|
||
knowledge to make some significant optimizations (*note References::).
|
||
|
||
The idea can be illustrated in decimal for example with 368154
|
||
divided by 543. Because the low digit of the dividend is 4, the low
|
||
digit of the quotient must be 8. This is arrived at from 4*7 mod 10,
|
||
using the fact 7 is the modular inverse of 3 (the low digit of the
|
||
divisor), since 3*7 == 1 mod 10. So 8*543=4344 can be subtracted from
|
||
the dividend leaving 363810. Notice the low digit has become zero.
|
||
|
||
The procedure is repeated at the second digit, with the next
|
||
quotient digit 7 (7 == 1*7 mod 10), subtracting 7*543=3801, leaving
|
||
325800. And finally at the third digit with quotient digit 6 (8*7 mod
|
||
10), subtracting 6*543=3258 leaving 0. So the quotient is 678.
|
||
|
||
Notice however that the multiplies and subtractions don't need to
|
||
extend past the low three digits of the dividend, since that's enough
|
||
to determine the three quotient digits. For the last quotient digit no
|
||
subtraction is needed at all. On a 2NxN division like this one, only
|
||
about half the work of a normal basecase division is necessary.
|
||
|
||
For an NxM exact division producing Q=N-M quotient limbs, the saving
|
||
over a normal basecase division is in two parts. Firstly, each of the
|
||
Q quotient limbs needs only one multiply, not a 2x1 divide and
|
||
multiply. Secondly, the crossproducts are reduced when Q>M to
|
||
Q*M-M*(M+1)/2, or when Q<=M to Q*(Q-1)/2. Notice the savings are
|
||
complementary. If Q is big then many divisions are saved, or if Q is
|
||
small then the crossproducts reduce to a small number.
|
||
|
||
The modular inverse used is calculated efficiently by
|
||
`modlimb_invert' in `gmp-impl.h'. This does four multiplies for a
|
||
32-bit limb, or six for a 64-bit limb. `tune/modlinv.c' has some
|
||
alternate implementations that might suit processors better at bit
|
||
twiddling than multiplying.
|
||
|
||
The sub-quadratic exact division described by Jebelean in "Exact
|
||
Division with Karatsuba Complexity" is not currently implemented. It
|
||
uses a rearrangement similar to the divide and conquer for normal
|
||
division (*note Divide and Conquer Division::), but operating from low
|
||
to high. A further possibility not currently implemented is
|
||
"Bidirectional Exact Integer Division" by Krandick and Jebelean which
|
||
forms quotient limbs from both the high and low ends of the dividend,
|
||
and can halve once more the number of crossproducts needed in a 2NxN
|
||
division.
|
||
|
||
A special case exact division by 3 exists in `mpn_divexact_by3',
|
||
supporting Toom-3 multiplication and `mpq' canonicalizations. It forms
|
||
quotient digits with a multiply by the modular inverse of 3 (which is
|
||
`0xAA..AAB') and uses two comparisons to determine a borrow for the next
|
||
limb. The multiplications don't need to be on the dependent chain, as
|
||
long as the effect of the borrows is applied, which can help chips with
|
||
pipelined multipliers.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Exact Remainder, Next: Small Quotient Division, Prev: Exact Division, Up: Division Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.2.5 Exact Remainder
|
||
----------------------
|
||
|
||
If the exact division algorithm is done with a full subtraction at each
|
||
stage and the dividend isn't a multiple of the divisor, then low zero
|
||
limbs are produced but with a remainder in the high limbs. For
|
||
dividend a, divisor d, quotient q, and b = 2^mp_bits_per_limb, this
|
||
remainder r is of the form
|
||
|
||
a = q*d + r*b^n
|
||
|
||
n represents the number of zero limbs produced by the subtractions,
|
||
that being the number of limbs produced for q. r will be in the range
|
||
0<=r<d and can be viewed as a remainder, but one shifted up by a factor
|
||
of b^n.
|
||
|
||
Carrying out full subtractions at each stage means the same number
|
||
of cross products must be done as a normal division, but there's still
|
||
some single limb divisions saved. When d is a single limb some
|
||
simplifications arise, providing good speedups on a number of
|
||
processors.
|
||
|
||
`mpn_bdivmod', `mpn_divexact_by3', `mpn_modexact_1_odd' and the
|
||
`redc' function in `mpz_powm' differ subtly in how they return r,
|
||
leading to some negations in the above formula, but all are essentially
|
||
the same.
|
||
|
||
Clearly r is zero when a is a multiple of d, and this leads to
|
||
divisibility or congruence tests which are potentially more efficient
|
||
than a normal division.
|
||
|
||
The factor of b^n on r can be ignored in a GCD when d is odd, hence
|
||
the use of `mpn_bdivmod' in `mpn_gcd', and the use of
|
||
`mpn_modexact_1_odd' by `mpn_gcd_1' and `mpz_kronecker_ui' etc (*note
|
||
Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms::).
|
||
|
||
Montgomery's REDC method for modular multiplications uses operands
|
||
of the form of x*b^-n and y*b^-n and on calculating (x*b^-n)*(y*b^-n)
|
||
uses the factor of b^n in the exact remainder to reach a product in the
|
||
same form (x*y)*b^-n (*note Modular Powering Algorithm::).
|
||
|
||
Notice that r generally gives no useful information about the
|
||
ordinary remainder a mod d since b^n mod d could be anything. If
|
||
however b^n == 1 mod d, then r is the negative of the ordinary
|
||
remainder. This occurs whenever d is a factor of b^n-1, as for example
|
||
with 3 in `mpn_divexact_by3'. For a 32 or 64 bit limb other such
|
||
factors include 5, 17 and 257, but no particular use has been found for
|
||
this.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Small Quotient Division, Prev: Exact Remainder, Up: Division Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.2.6 Small Quotient Division
|
||
------------------------------
|
||
|
||
An NxM division where the number of quotient limbs Q=N-M is small can
|
||
be optimized somewhat.
|
||
|
||
An ordinary basecase division normalizes the divisor by shifting it
|
||
to make the high bit set, shifting the dividend accordingly, and
|
||
shifting the remainder back down at the end of the calculation. This
|
||
is wasteful if only a few quotient limbs are to be formed. Instead a
|
||
division of just the top 2*Q limbs of the dividend by the top Q limbs
|
||
of the divisor can be used to form a trial quotient. This requires
|
||
only those limbs normalized, not the whole of the divisor and dividend.
|
||
|
||
A multiply and subtract then applies the trial quotient to the M-Q
|
||
unused limbs of the divisor and N-Q dividend limbs (which includes Q
|
||
limbs remaining from the trial quotient division). The starting trial
|
||
quotient can be 1 or 2 too big, but all cases of 2 too big and most
|
||
cases of 1 too big are detected by first comparing the most significant
|
||
limbs that will arise from the subtraction. An addback is done if the
|
||
quotient still turns out to be 1 too big.
|
||
|
||
This whole procedure is essentially the same as one step of the
|
||
basecase algorithm done in a Q limb base, though with the trial
|
||
quotient test done only with the high limbs, not an entire Q limb
|
||
"digit" product. The correctness of this weaker test can be
|
||
established by following the argument of Knuth section 4.3.1 exercise
|
||
20 but with the v2*q>b*r+u2 condition appropriately relaxed.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms, Next: Powering Algorithms, Prev: Division Algorithms, Up: Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.3 Greatest Common Divisor
|
||
============================
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Binary GCD::
|
||
* Accelerated GCD::
|
||
* Extended GCD::
|
||
* Jacobi Symbol::
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Binary GCD, Next: Accelerated GCD, Prev: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms, Up: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.3.1 Binary GCD
|
||
-----------------
|
||
|
||
At small sizes MPIR uses an O(N^2) binary style GCD. This is described
|
||
in many textbooks, for example Knuth section 4.5.2 algorithm B. It
|
||
simply consists of successively reducing odd operands a and b using
|
||
|
||
a,b = abs(a-b),min(a,b)
|
||
strip factors of 2 from a
|
||
|
||
The Euclidean GCD algorithm, as per Knuth algorithms E and A,
|
||
reduces using a mod b but this has so far been found to be slower
|
||
everywhere. One reason the binary method does well is that the implied
|
||
quotient at each step is usually small, so often only one or two
|
||
subtractions are needed to get the same effect as a division.
|
||
Quotients 1, 2 and 3 for example occur 67.7% of the time, see Knuth
|
||
section 4.5.3 Theorem E.
|
||
|
||
When the implied quotient is large, meaning b is much smaller than
|
||
a, then a division is worthwhile. This is the basis for the initial a
|
||
mod b reductions in `mpn_gcd' and `mpn_gcd_1' (the latter for both Nx1
|
||
and 1x1 cases). But after that initial reduction, big quotients occur
|
||
too rarely to make it worth checking for them.
|
||
|
||
|
||
The final 1x1 GCD in `mpn_gcd_1' is done in the generic C code as
|
||
described above. For two N-bit operands, the algorithm takes about
|
||
0.68 iterations per bit. For optimum performance some attention needs
|
||
to be paid to the way the factors of 2 are stripped from a.
|
||
|
||
Firstly it may be noted that in twos complement the number of low
|
||
zero bits on a-b is the same as b-a, so counting or testing can begin on
|
||
a-b without waiting for abs(a-b) to be determined.
|
||
|
||
A loop stripping low zero bits tends not to branch predict well,
|
||
since the condition is data dependent. But on average there's only a
|
||
few low zeros, so an option is to strip one or two bits arithmetically
|
||
then loop for more (as done for AMD K6). Or use a lookup table to get
|
||
a count for several bits then loop for more (as done for AMD K7). An
|
||
alternative approach is to keep just one of a or b odd and iterate
|
||
|
||
a,b = abs(a-b), min(a,b)
|
||
a = a/2 if even
|
||
b = b/2 if even
|
||
|
||
This requires about 1.25 iterations per bit, but stripping of a
|
||
single bit at each step avoids any branching. Repeating the bit strip
|
||
reduces to about 0.9 iterations per bit, which may be a worthwhile
|
||
tradeoff.
|
||
|
||
Generally with the above approaches a speed of perhaps 6 cycles per
|
||
bit can be achieved, which is still not terribly fast with for instance
|
||
a 64-bit GCD taking nearly 400 cycles. It's this sort of time which
|
||
means it's not usually advantageous to combine a set of divisibility
|
||
tests into a GCD.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Accelerated GCD, Next: Extended GCD, Prev: Binary GCD, Up: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.3.2 Accelerated GCD
|
||
----------------------
|
||
|
||
For sizes above `GCD_ACCEL_THRESHOLD', MPIR uses the Accelerated GCD
|
||
algorithm described independently by Weber and Jebelean (the latter as
|
||
the "Generalized Binary" algorithm), *note References::. This
|
||
algorithm is still O(N^2), but is much faster than the binary algorithm
|
||
since it does fewer multi-precision operations. It consists of
|
||
alternating the k-ary reduction by Sorenson, and a "dmod" exact
|
||
remainder reduction.
|
||
|
||
For operands u and v the k-ary reduction replaces u with n*v-d*u
|
||
where n and d are single limb values chosen to give two trailing zero
|
||
limbs on that value, which can be stripped. n and d are calculated
|
||
using an algorithm similar to half of a two limb GCD (see `find_a' in
|
||
`mpn/generic/gcd.c').
|
||
|
||
When u and v differ in size by more than a certain number of bits, a
|
||
dmod is performed to zero out bits at the low end of the larger. It
|
||
consists of an exact remainder style division applied to an appropriate
|
||
number of bits (*note Exact Division::, and *note Exact Remainder::).
|
||
This is faster than a k-ary reduction but useful only when the operands
|
||
differ in size. There's a dmod after each k-ary reduction, and if the
|
||
dmod leaves the operands still differing in size then it's repeated.
|
||
|
||
The k-ary reduction step can introduce spurious factors into the GCD
|
||
calculated, and these are eliminated at the end by taking GCDs with the
|
||
original inputs gcd(u,gcd(v,g)) using the binary algorithm. Since g is
|
||
almost always small this takes very little time.
|
||
|
||
At small sizes the algorithm needs a good implementation of
|
||
`find_a'. At larger sizes it's dominated by `mpn_addmul_1' applying n
|
||
and d.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Extended GCD, Next: Jacobi Symbol, Prev: Accelerated GCD, Up: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.3.3 Extended GCD
|
||
-------------------
|
||
|
||
The extended GCD calculates gcd(a,b) and also cofactors x and y
|
||
satisfying a*x+b*y=gcd(a,b). Lehmer's multi-step improvement of the
|
||
extended Euclidean algorithm is used. See Knuth section 4.5.2
|
||
algorithm L, and `mpn/generic/gcdext.c'. This is an O(N^2) algorithm.
|
||
|
||
The multipliers at each step are found using single limb
|
||
calculations for sizes up to `GCDEXT_THRESHOLD', or double limb
|
||
calculations above that. The single limb code is faster but doesn't
|
||
produce full-limb multipliers, hence not making full use of the
|
||
`mpn_addmul_1' calls.
|
||
|
||
When a CPU has a data-dependent multiplier, meaning one which is
|
||
faster on operands with fewer bits, the extra work in the double-limb
|
||
calculation might only save some looping overheads, leading to a large
|
||
`GCDEXT_THRESHOLD'.
|
||
|
||
Currently the single limb calculation doesn't optimize for the small
|
||
quotients that often occur, and this can lead to unusually low values of
|
||
`GCDEXT_THRESHOLD', depending on the CPU.
|
||
|
||
An analysis of double-limb calculations can be found in "A
|
||
Double-Digit Lehmer-Euclid Algorithm" by Jebelean (*note References::).
|
||
The code in MPIR was developed independently.
|
||
|
||
It should be noted that when a double limb calculation is used, it's
|
||
used for the whole of that GCD, it doesn't fall back to single limb
|
||
part way through. This is because as the algorithm proceeds, the
|
||
inputs a and b are reduced, but the cofactors x and y grow, so the
|
||
multipliers at each step are applied to a roughly constant total number
|
||
of limbs.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Jacobi Symbol, Prev: Extended GCD, Up: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.3.4 Jacobi Symbol
|
||
--------------------
|
||
|
||
`mpz_jacobi' and `mpz_kronecker' are currently implemented with a
|
||
simple binary algorithm similar to that described for the GCDs (*note
|
||
Binary GCD::). They're not very fast when both inputs are large.
|
||
Lehmer's multi-step improvement or a binary based multi-step algorithm
|
||
is likely to be better.
|
||
|
||
When one operand fits a single limb, and that includes
|
||
`mpz_kronecker_ui' and friends, an initial reduction is done with
|
||
either `mpn_mod_1' or `mpn_modexact_1_odd', followed by the binary
|
||
algorithm on a single limb. The binary algorithm is well suited to a
|
||
single limb, and the whole calculation in this case is quite efficient.
|
||
|
||
In all the routines sign changes for the result are accumulated
|
||
using some bit twiddling, avoiding table lookups or conditional jumps.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Powering Algorithms, Next: Root Extraction Algorithms, Prev: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms, Up: Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.4 Powering Algorithms
|
||
========================
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Normal Powering Algorithm::
|
||
* Modular Powering Algorithm::
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Normal Powering Algorithm, Next: Modular Powering Algorithm, Prev: Powering Algorithms, Up: Powering Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.4.1 Normal Powering
|
||
----------------------
|
||
|
||
Normal `mpz' or `mpf' powering uses a simple binary algorithm,
|
||
successively squaring and then multiplying by the base when a 1 bit is
|
||
seen in the exponent, as per Knuth section 4.6.3. The "left to right"
|
||
variant described there is used rather than algorithm A, since it's
|
||
just as easy and can be done with somewhat less temporary memory.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Modular Powering Algorithm, Prev: Normal Powering Algorithm, Up: Powering Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.4.2 Modular Powering
|
||
-----------------------
|
||
|
||
Modular powering is implemented using a 2^k-ary sliding window
|
||
algorithm, as per "Handbook of Applied Cryptography" algorithm 14.85
|
||
(*note References::). k is chosen according to the size of the
|
||
exponent. Larger exponents use larger values of k, the choice being
|
||
made to minimize the average number of multiplications that must
|
||
supplement the squaring.
|
||
|
||
The modular multiplies and squares use either a simple division or
|
||
the REDC method by Montgomery (*note References::). REDC is a little
|
||
faster, essentially saving N single limb divisions in a fashion similar
|
||
to an exact remainder (*note Exact Remainder::). The current REDC has
|
||
some limitations. It's only O(N^2) so above `POWM_THRESHOLD' division
|
||
becomes faster and is used. It doesn't attempt to detect small bases,
|
||
but rather always uses a REDC form, which is usually a full size
|
||
operand. And lastly it's only applied to odd moduli.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Root Extraction Algorithms, Next: Radix Conversion Algorithms, Prev: Powering Algorithms, Up: Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.5 Root Extraction Algorithms
|
||
===============================
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Square Root Algorithm::
|
||
* Nth Root Algorithm::
|
||
* Perfect Square Algorithm::
|
||
* Perfect Power Algorithm::
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Square Root Algorithm, Next: Nth Root Algorithm, Prev: Root Extraction Algorithms, Up: Root Extraction Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.5.1 Square Root
|
||
------------------
|
||
|
||
Square roots are taken using the "Karatsuba Square Root" algorithm by
|
||
Paul Zimmermann (*note References::).
|
||
|
||
An input n is split into four parts of k bits each, so with b=2^k we
|
||
have n = a3*b^3 + a2*b^2 + a1*b + a0. Part a3 must be "normalized" so
|
||
that either the high or second highest bit is set. In MPIR, k is kept
|
||
on a limb boundary and the input is left shifted (by an even number of
|
||
bits) to normalize.
|
||
|
||
The square root of the high two parts is taken, by recursive
|
||
application of the algorithm (bottoming out in a one-limb Newton's
|
||
method),
|
||
|
||
s1,r1 = sqrtrem (a3*b + a2)
|
||
|
||
This is an approximation to the desired root and is extended by a
|
||
division to give s,r,
|
||
|
||
q,u = divrem (r1*b + a1, 2*s1)
|
||
s = s1*b + q
|
||
r = u*b + a0 - q^2
|
||
|
||
The normalization requirement on a3 means at this point s is either
|
||
correct or 1 too big. r is negative in the latter case, so
|
||
|
||
if r < 0 then
|
||
r = r + 2*s - 1
|
||
s = s - 1
|
||
|
||
The algorithm is expressed in a divide and conquer form, but as
|
||
noted in the paper it can also be viewed as a discrete variant of
|
||
Newton's method, or as a variation on the schoolboy method (no longer
|
||
taught) for square roots two digits at a time.
|
||
|
||
If the remainder r is not required then usually only a few high limbs
|
||
of r and u need to be calculated to determine whether an adjustment to
|
||
s is required. This optimization is not currently implemented.
|
||
|
||
In the Karatsuba multiplication range this algorithm is
|
||
O(1.5*M(N/2)), where M(n) is the time to multiply two numbers of n
|
||
limbs. In the FFT multiplication range this grows to a bound of
|
||
O(6*M(N/2)). In practice a factor of about 1.5 to 1.8 is found in the
|
||
Karatsuba and Toom-3 ranges, growing to 2 or 3 in the FFT range.
|
||
|
||
The algorithm does all its calculations in integers and the resulting
|
||
`mpn_sqrtrem' is used for both `mpz_sqrt' and `mpf_sqrt'. The extended
|
||
precision given by `mpf_sqrt_ui' is obtained by padding with zero limbs.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Nth Root Algorithm, Next: Perfect Square Algorithm, Prev: Square Root Algorithm, Up: Root Extraction Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.5.2 Nth Root
|
||
---------------
|
||
|
||
Integer Nth roots are taken using Newton's method with the following
|
||
iteration, where A is the input and n is the root to be taken.
|
||
|
||
1 A
|
||
a[i+1] = - * ( --------- + (n-1)*a[i] )
|
||
n a[i]^(n-1)
|
||
|
||
The initial approximation a[1] is generated bitwise by successively
|
||
powering a trial root with or without new 1 bits, aiming to be just
|
||
above the true root. The iteration converges quadratically when
|
||
started from a good approximation. When n is large more initial bits
|
||
are needed to get good convergence. The current implementation is not
|
||
particularly well optimized.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Perfect Square Algorithm, Next: Perfect Power Algorithm, Prev: Nth Root Algorithm, Up: Root Extraction Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.5.3 Perfect Square
|
||
---------------------
|
||
|
||
A significant fraction of non-squares can be quickly identified by
|
||
checking whether the input is a quadratic residue modulo small integers.
|
||
|
||
`mpz_perfect_square_p' first tests the input mod 256, which means
|
||
just examining the low byte. Only 44 different values occur for
|
||
squares mod 256, so 82.8% of inputs can be immediately identified as
|
||
non-squares.
|
||
|
||
On a 32-bit system similar tests are done mod 9, 5, 7, 13 and 17,
|
||
for a total 99.25% of inputs identified as non-squares. On a 64-bit
|
||
system 97 is tested too, for a total 99.62%.
|
||
|
||
These moduli are chosen because they're factors of 2^24-1 (or 2^48-1
|
||
for 64-bits), and such a remainder can be quickly taken just using
|
||
additions (see `mpn_mod_34lsub1').
|
||
|
||
When nails are in use moduli are instead selected by the `gen-psqr.c'
|
||
program and applied with an `mpn_mod_1'. The same 2^24-1 or 2^48-1
|
||
could be done with nails using some extra bit shifts, but this is not
|
||
currently implemented.
|
||
|
||
In any case each modulus is applied to the `mpn_mod_34lsub1' or
|
||
`mpn_mod_1' remainder and a table lookup identifies non-squares. By
|
||
using a "modexact" style calculation, and suitably permuted tables,
|
||
just one multiply each is required, see the code for details. Moduli
|
||
are also combined to save operations, so long as the lookup tables
|
||
don't become too big. `gen-psqr.c' does all the pre-calculations.
|
||
|
||
A square root must still be taken for any value that passes these
|
||
tests, to verify it's really a square and not one of the small fraction
|
||
of non-squares that get through (ie. a pseudo-square to all the tested
|
||
bases).
|
||
|
||
Clearly more residue tests could be done, `mpz_perfect_square_p' only
|
||
uses a compact and efficient set. Big inputs would probably benefit
|
||
from more residue testing, small inputs might be better off with less.
|
||
The assumed distribution of squares versus non-squares in the input
|
||
would affect such considerations.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Perfect Power Algorithm, Prev: Perfect Square Algorithm, Up: Root Extraction Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.5.4 Perfect Power
|
||
--------------------
|
||
|
||
Detecting perfect powers is required by some factorization algorithms.
|
||
Currently `mpz_perfect_power_p' is implemented using repeated Nth root
|
||
extractions, though naturally only prime roots need to be considered.
|
||
(*Note Nth Root Algorithm::.)
|
||
|
||
If a prime divisor p with multiplicity e can be found, then only
|
||
roots which are divisors of e need to be considered, much reducing the
|
||
work necessary. To this end divisibility by a set of small primes is
|
||
checked.
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Radix Conversion Algorithms, Next: Other Algorithms, Prev: Root Extraction Algorithms, Up: Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.6 Radix Conversion
|
||
=====================
|
||
|
||
Radix conversions are less important than other algorithms. A program
|
||
dominated by conversions should probably use a different data
|
||
representation.
|
||
|
||
* Menu:
|
||
|
||
* Binary to Radix::
|
||
* Radix to Binary::
|
||
|
||
|
||
File: mpir.info, Node: Binary to Radix, Next: Radix to Binary, Prev: Radix Conversion Algorithms, Up: Radix Conversion Algorithms
|
||
|
||
15.6.1 Binary to Radix
|
||
----------------------
|
||
|
||
Conversions from binary to a power-of-2 radix use a simple and fast
|
||
O(N) bit extraction algorithm.
|
||
|
||
Conversions from binary to other radices use one of two algorithms.
|
||
Sizes below `GET_STR_PRECOMPUTE_THRESHOLD' use a basic O(N^2) method.
|
||
Repeated divisions by b^n are made, where b is the radix and n is the
|
||
biggest power that fits in a limb. But instead of simply using the
|
||
remainder r from such divisions, an extra divide step is done to give a
|
||
fractional limb representing r/b^n. The digits of r can then be
|
||
extracted using multiplications by b rather than divisions. Special
|
||
case code is provided for decimal, allowing multiplications by 10 to
|
||
optimize to shifts and adds.
|
||
|
||
Above `GET_STR_PRECOMPUTE_THRESHOLD' a sub-quadratic algorithm is
|
||
used. For an input t, powers b^(n*2^i) of the radix are calculated,
|
||
until a power between t and sqrt(t) is reached. t is then divided by
|
||
that largest power, giving a quotient which is the digits above that
|
||
power, and a remainder which is those below. These two parts are in
|
||
turn divided by the second highest power, and so on recursively. When
|
||
a piece has been divided down to less than `GET_STR_DC_THRESHOLD'
|
||
limbs, the basecase algorithm described above is used.
|
||
|
||
The advantage of this algorithm is that big divisions can make use
|
||
of the sub-quadratic divide and conquer division (*note Divide and
|
||
Conquer Division::), and big divisions tend to have less overheads than
|
||
lots of separate single limb divisions anyway. But in any case the
|
||
cost of calculating the powers b^(n*2^i) must first be overcome.
|
||
|
||
`GET_STR_PRECOMPUTE_THRESHOLD' and `GET_STR_DC_THRESHOLD' represent
|
||
the same basic thing, the point where it becomes worth doing a big
|
||
division to cut the input in half. `GET_STR_PRECOMPUTE_THRESHOLD'
|
||
includes the cost of calculating the radix power required, whereas
|
||
`GET_STR_DC_THRESHOLD' assumes that's already available, which is the
|
||
case when recursing.
|
||
|
||
Since the base case produces digits from least to most significant
|
||
but they want to be stored from most to least, it's necessary to
|
||
calculate in advance how many digits there will be, or at least be sure
|
||
not to underestimate that. For MPIR the number of input bits is
|
||
multiplied by `chars_per_bit_exactly' from `mp_bases', rounding up.
|
||
The result is either correct or one too big.
|
||
|
||
Examining some of the high bits of the input could increase the
|
||
chance of getting the exact number of digits, but an exact result every
|
||
time would not be practical, since in general the difference between
|
||
numbers 100... and 99... is only in the last few bits and the work to
|
||
identify 99... might well be almost as much as a full conversion.
|
||
|
||
`mpf_get_str' doesn't currently use the algorithm described here, it
|
||
multiplies or divides by a power of b to move the radix point to the
|
||
just above the highest non-zero digit (or at worst one above that
|
||
location), then multiplies by b^n to bring out digits. This is O(N^2)
|
||
and is certainly not optimal.
|
||
|
||
The r/b^n scheme described above for using multiplications to bring
|
||
out digits might be useful for more than a single limb. Some brief
|
||
experiments with it on the base case when recursing didn't give a
|
||
noticeable improvement, but perhaps that was only due to the
|
||
implementation. Something similar would work for the sub-quadratic
|
||
divisions too, though there would be the cost of calculating a bigger
|
||
radix power.
|
||
|
||
Another possible improvement for the sub-quadratic part would be to
|
||
arrange for radix powers that balanced the sizes of quotient and
|
||
remainder produced, ie. the highest power would be an b^(n*k)
|
||
approximately equal to sqrt(t), not restricted to a 2^i factor. That
|
||
ought to smooth out a graph of times against sizes, but may or may not
|
||
be a net speedup.
|
||
|